summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist/source
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2012-01-30 23:58:37 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2012-01-30 23:58:37 +0000
commit1972cc1694c43eff806b54c71d994a8b87682b92 (patch)
tree398fa154205171bc69a990e2f989d8b3b15bc8a0 /Master/texmf-dist/source
parent034fde36e1b3172016db6037511e0118d5ed04f6 (diff)
babelbib 1.31 (30jan12)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@25245 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/source')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/Makefile102
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/babelbib.dtx8697
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/babelbib.ins65
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/babelbib.xml32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/getversion.tex8
5 files changed, 0 insertions, 8904 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 750179448ca..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-
-SRCDIR=babelbib
-INSTALLDIR=`kpsewhich --expand-path='$$TEXMFLOCAL'`/tex/latex/babelbib
-DOCDIR=`kpsewhich --expand-path='$$TEXMFLOCAL'`/doc/latex/babelbib
-BSTDIR=`kpsewhich --expand-path='$$TEXMFLOCAL'`/bibtex/bst/babelbib
-VERSION=`latex getversion | grep '^VERSION' | sed 's/^VERSION \\(.*\\)\\.\\(.*\\)/\\1_\\2/'`
-
-
-.SUFFIXES: .sty .ins .dtx .ps .pdf
-
-.ins.sty:
- latex $<
-
-.dtx.pdf:
- pdflatex $<
- pdflatex $<
- makeindex -s gind.ist $(*D)/$(*F)
- makeindex -s gglo.ist -o $(*D)/$(*F).gls $(*D)/$(*F).glo
- pdflatex $<
-
-all: babelbib babelbib.pdf babelbibtest.pdf tugboat-babelbib.pdf
-
-babelbibtest.pdf: babelbibtest.tex babelbibtest.bib babelbib.sty
- pdflatex babelbibtest
- bibtex babelbibtest
- pdflatex babelbibtest
- pdflatex babelbibtest
-
-babelbib: babelbib.sty
-
-tugboat-babelbib.pdf:
- if `test -f "tugboat-babelbib.tex"`; then \
- pdflatex tugboat-babelbib; \
- bibtex tugboat-babelbib; \
- pdflatex tugboat-babelbib; \
- pdflatex tugboat-babelbib; \
- fi
-
-
-clean:
- @-rm -f *.glo *.gls *.idx *.ilg *.ind *.toc *.log *.aux *.blg *.bbl
- @-rm -f *~
-
-distclean: clean
- @-rm -f babelbib.sty babelbib.pdf babelbib.ps
- @-rm -f babelbibtest.pdf babelbibtest.ps
- @-rm -f *.bdf bab*.bst
- @-rm -f tugboat-babelbib.pdf tugboat-babelbib.bib
- @-rm -rf texmf/
-
-tar: all clean
- @echo Lege babelbib-$(VERSION).tar.gz an
- -rm -f babelbib-$(VERSION).tar.gz
- tar czCf .. babelbib-$(VERSION).tar.gz \
- $(SRCDIR)/README \
- $(SRCDIR)/ChangeLog \
- $(SRCDIR)/Makefile \
- $(SRCDIR)/babelbib.dtx \
- $(SRCDIR)/babelbib.ins \
- $(SRCDIR)/babelbib.pdf \
- $(SRCDIR)/babelbibtest.tex \
- $(SRCDIR)/babelbibtest.bib \
- $(SRCDIR)/babelbib.xml \
- $(SRCDIR)/getversion.tex \
- $(SRCDIR)/tugboat-babelbib.pdf
- rm -f getversion.log
-
-
-zip: texlive
- -@rm -f babelbib-$(VERSION).zip
- zip -r babelbib-$(VERSION).zip texmf
- rm -rf texmf
- rm -f getversion.log
-
-
-texlive: all tugboat-babelbib.pdf clean
- rm -rf texmf
- mkdir -p texmf/tex/latex/babelbib/
- mkdir -p texmf/doc/latex/babelbib/
- mkdir -p texmf/source/latex/babelbib/
- mkdir -p texmf/bibtex/bst/babelbib/
- cp *.sty *.bdf texmf/tex/latex/babelbib/
- cp babelbib.pdf README ChangeLog babelbibtest.tex texmf/doc/latex/babelbib/
- cp babelbibtest.bib tugboat-babelbib.pdf texmf/doc/latex/babelbib/
- cp babelbib.dtx babelbib.ins texmf/source/latex/babelbib/
- cp Makefile babelbib.xml getversion.tex texmf/source/latex/babelbib/
- cp *.bst texmf/bibtex/bst/babelbib/
-
-
-install: all
- if [ ! -d $(INSTALLDIR) ]; then mkdirhier $(INSTALLDIR); fi
- if [ ! -d $(DOCDIR) ]; then mkdirhier $(DOCDIR); fi
- if [ ! -d $(BSTDIR) ]; then mkdirhier $(BSTDIR); fi
- install -m644 babelbib.sty $(INSTALLDIR)
- install -m644 *.bdf $(INSTALLDIR)
- install -m644 *.bst $(BSTDIR)
- install -m644 babelbib.pdf $(DOCDIR)
- texhash
-
-
-babelbib.sty: babelbib.ins babelbib.dtx
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/babelbib.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/babelbib.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ed047d1eea..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/babelbib.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8697 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse meta comment
-% File: babelbib.dtx Copyright (C) 2003--2009 Harald Harders
-% \fi
-%
-% \iffalse
-%
-%<*driver>
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\usepackage[ngerman,english]{babel}
-%\usepackage{url}
-\usepackage{array}
-\usepackage{amsmath}
-\usepackage{hyperref}
-\IfFileExists{booktabs.sty}%
- {\usepackage{booktabs}}%
- {\let\toprule\hline
- \let\midrule\hline
- \let\bottomrule\hline}
-\IfFileExists{babelbib.sty}{\usepackage[fixlanguage]{babelbib}
- \let\babelbibSTYfound\active}{\GenericWarning{babelbib.dtx}{Package
- file babelbib.sty not found (Documentation will be messed up!^^J^^A
- Generate babelbib.sty by LaTeXing babelbib.ins, process
- babelbib.dtx again)^^J}\stop}
-\GetFileInfo{babelbib.sty}
-\title{Multilingual bibliographies: The \texttt{babelbib} package}
-\author{Harald Harders\\\texttt{h.harders@tu-bs.de}}
-\date{Version \fileversion, \filedate, printed \today}
-\newlength{\tempdima}%
-\makeatletter
-\renewenvironment{table}[1][]{%
- \@float{table}[#1]%
- \centering%
- \setlength{\tempdima}{\abovecaptionskip}%
- \setlength{\abovecaptionskip}{\belowcaptionskip}%
- \setlength{\belowcaptionskip}{\tempdima}%
- }{%
-\end@float
-}
-\makeatother
-\EnableCrossrefs
-\CodelineIndex
-\DoNotIndex{\def,\edef,\let,\newcommand,\newenvironment,\newcounter}
-\DoNotIndex{\setcounter,\space,\",\@empty,\begin,\end,\iffalse,\fi,\extras}
-\DoNotIndex{\bibs,\ifx,\else,\fi,\ ,\ae,\emph,\input,\foreignlanguage}
-\DoNotIndex{\IeC,\cyrv,\CYRV,\cyrt,\CYRT,\cyrya,\protect}
-\CodelineNumbered
-\RecordChanges
-\CheckSum{12293}
-\hyphenation{bib-lio-gra-phy}
-\begin{document}
- \DocInput{babelbib.dtx}
-\end{document}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% \changes{0.1}{2003/04/11}{Total new version}%
-% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Rewritten in main parts}%
-% \changes{0.42}{2003/11/09}{Use unique version strings for all files
-% of the bundle}%
-% \changes{0.42}{2003/11/09}{Reorganise docstrip code}%
-% \changes{0.43}{2004/01/06}{Document the problem using
-% \texttt{frenchle.sty} when using \texttt{french} language with
-% some babel versions}%
-% \changes{0.44}{2004/01/06}{Improved spacings in documentation}%
-% \changes{0.44a}{2004/02/12}{Adapted Makefile for \TeX Live}%
-% \changes{0.46}{2004/06/28}{Enable to switch off printout of language
-% name with \texttt{babamspl} style}%
-% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Rewritten warning about \texttt{frenchle.sty}
-% package}%
-% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Shorten version string}%
-% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Added \texttt{urldate} to all \BibTeX\
-% styles}%
-% \changes{1.01}{2005/04/11}{Added space after the \cs{btx}\ldots\
-% commands in the \texttt{bst} files to avoid line-breaking problem}%
-% \changes{1.02}{2005/04/15}{Language Portuguese completed}%
-% \changes{1.10}{2005/05/24}{Allow different ordering of forenames and
-% lastnames}%
-% \changes{1.10}{2005/05/24}{Protect the \cs{foreignlanguage} calls
-% (avoids problems with natbib)}%
-% \changes{1.11}{2005/06/12}{Avoid some additional line breaks in
-% author and editor names}%
-% \changes{1.11}{2005/06/12}{Switch ISBN and ISSN in bibliographies on
-% and off (does not work for \protect\AmS\ style)}%
-% \changes{1.11}{2005/06/12}{Remove space after \cs{btxurlfont}
-% because a linebreak between \cs{url} and the argument breaks
-% \texttt{hyperref.sty} (which is a pity because this can lead to
-% line-break problems with long arguments)}%
-% \changes{1.12}{2005/06/19}{Correct \cs{btxlanguagenameenglish},
-% \cs{btxmastthesis}, and \cs{btxmonaugshort} in
-% \texttt{french.bdf}}%
-% \changes{1.13}{2005/06/27}{Apply corrections to and complete Italian
-% language}%
-% \changes{1.14}{2005/07/11}{Complete and correct catalan}%
-% \changes{1.20}{2005/11/13}{Add Greek language}%
-% \changes{1.20}{2005/11/13}{Change method to write \texttt{urldate}
-% to enable to write it in brackets}%
-% \changes{1.20}{2005/11/13}{Bugfix in names writing of abbreviated
-% styles}%
-% \changes{1.20}{2005/11/13}{Ensure to write URL's in latin font}%
-% \changes{1.20}{2005/11/13}{Numerals for French and Spanish}%
-% \changes{1.20}{2005/11/13}{Add the fields \texttt{ANNOTE} and
-% \texttt{ANNOTELANGUAGE} to all bib\TeX\ styles and introduce the
-% command \cs{btxannotation} which prints the annotations on
-% request.}%
-% \changes{1.20}{2005/11/13}{Add the package options \texttt{isbn},
-% \texttt{noisbn}, \texttt{issn}, \texttt{noissn},
-% \texttt{varlanguage}, \texttt{nolanguagenames}, \texttt{annote}, and
-% \texttt{noannote}}%
-% \changes{1.20}{2005/11/13}{Add new font \texttt{jtitle} for titles
-% of journal articles}%
-% \changes{1.20}{2005/11/13}{Fix a bug with additional spaces after
-% names}%
-% \changes{1.21}{2005/11/20}{Fix problem when the first bibliography entry
-% is in an unknown language}%
-% \changes{1.22}{2006/01/02}{Remove space after \cs{btxurlfont} again
-% because a linebreak between \cs{url} and the argument breaks
-% \texttt{hyperref.sty}}%
-% \changes{1.23}{2006/08/18}{Fix bug in typesetting title of articles for
-% \texttt{babamspl.bst}}%
-% \changes{1.24}{2008/02/17}{Put \cs{btxISSN} and \cs{btxISBN} into an
-% \cs{mbox} to prevent them from being hyphenated}%
-% \changes{1.25}{2008/09/24}{Add font command for publisher}%
-% \changes{1.25}{2008/09/24}{Remove change of language in
-% alpha-numerical bib items because of occasional exceeded TeX memory}%
-% \changes{1.26}{2009/06/17}{Correct journal article title font in
-% \texttt{babamspl.bst}}%
-% \changes{1.26}{2009/06/17}{Linebreak added between url and urldate}%
-% \changes{1.26}{2009/06/17}{Added Galician and Bahasa languages}%
-% \changes{1.26}{2009/06/17}{Added French and Portuguese numerals}%
-% \changes{1.26}{2009/06/17}{Corrected Spanish numerals}%
-% \changes{1.26}{2009/06/17}{Removed comma before `and' in long lists
-% of authors in Portuguese and Swedish}%
-% \changes{1.27}{2009/06/19}{Capitalised month names in Poruguese but
-% not in Brazilian}%
-% \changes{1.27}{2009/06/19}{Fixed publisherfont in babamspl.bst}%
-% \changes{1.27}{2009/06/19}{Added Russian language}%
-% \changes{1.28}{2009/07/05}{Corrected Diciembre in Spanish language}%
-% \changes{1.28}{2009/07/05}{Automatic formatting of month year
-% combinations (either ``June 2009'' or ``06/2009'')}%
-% \changes{1.28}{2009/07/05}{Some corrections in Brazilian Portuguese}%
-% \changes{1.29}{2009/10/10}{Fix output of ``urldate''}%
-%
-% \maketitle
-% \begin{abstract}
-% \noindent
-% This package enables to generate multilingual bibliographies in
-% cooperation with |babel|.
-% Two approaches are possible:
-% Each citation may be written in another language, or the whole
-% bibliography can be typeset in a language chosen by the user.
-%
-% In addition, the package supports commands to change the typography
-% of the bibliographies.
-%
-% The current version supports Afrikaans, Bahasa, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
-% English, Esperanto, Finnish, French,\footnote{Babelbib does not work
-% with \texttt{frenchle} prior V5,987. Please update the frenchle
-% package or use the native babel support for French, instead.}
-% Galician, German, Greek, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Russian,
-% Spanish, and Swedish.
-% Please help me to add more languages.
-%
-% Many of the standard and extended bibliography styles are available.
-% Please read section~\ref{sec:styles}.
-%
-% \textbf{If you have used version 0.1 of this package:
-% The mechanism to change fonts have changed, please read
-% section~\ref{sec:typography}.}
-%
-% Have a look to \texttt{tugboat-babelbib.pdf} which includes detailed
-% descriptions how to use and extend the babelbib bundle.
-% \end{abstract}
-%
-% \tableofcontents
-%
-% \section*{Copyright}
-% Copyright 2003--2008 Harald Harders.
-%
-% This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
-% of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
-% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
-% version 1 of the License, or any later version.
-%
-% \section{Introduction}
-%
-% This package is a replacement for |bibgerm.sty| \cite{germbib} with the
-% aim to be extendable to other languages more easily.
-% In addition, |babelbib| provides a more flexible typography of
-% bibliographies without the need to change |bst| files.
-% But there are two shortcomings: This package needs
-% |babel.sty|~\cite{babel} (thus, it does not work with |german.sty|
-% or |ngerman.sty|), and it is written for \LaTeXe\ and does not work
-% with plain \TeX.
-%
-% The current version supports Afrikaans, Bahasa, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
-% English, Esperanto, Finnish, French,\footnote{Babelbib does not work
-% with \texttt{frenchle} prior V5,987. Please update the frenchle
-% package or use the native babel support for French, instead.}
-% Galician, German, Greek, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Russian,
-% Spanish, and Swedish.
-%
-% If you have used version 0.1 of this package:
-% The mechanism to change fonts have changed, please read
-% section~\ref{sec:typography}.
-%
-% \section{Usage}%
-% \label{sec:usage}%
-%
-% To use this package place
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\usepackage{babelbib}\end{verbatim}
-% into the preamble of your document.
-% The package loads all necessary language definitions for all files
-% it knows that are loaded by |babel|.
-%
-% By default, the language of the bibliographic keywords (``editor'',
-% ``page'', etc.) switches for each item to the language of the cited
-% document.\footnote{This is equivalent to using the package option
-% \texttt{varlanguage}.}
-% If all citations shall be written in the same language, add the
-% option\index{fixlanguage=\texttt{fixlanguage}|usage} |fixlanguage|
-% to the package call.
-% Then, all bibliographies are typeset in the document's main
-% language.
-% To change the bibliography's language, use
-% \DescribeMacro{\selectbiblanguage}
-% |\selectbiblanguage{|$\langle$language$\rangle$|}|.
-% This command only has an effect, if |fixlanguage| is set.
-%
-% |babelbib| supports the \BibTeX\ styles |babplain|, |babplai3|,
-% |babalpha|, |babunsrt|, |bababbrv|, and |bababbr3| that correspond
-% to the standard |bst| files, but include international support as
-% well as flexible typography.\footnote{The versions with the
-% \texttt{3} in the filenames replace the second and later authors by
-% \emph{et al.}, if more than three authors are given.}
-% As usual, you select the style using
-% \DescribeMacro{\bibliographystyle}
-% |\bibliographystyle{|$\langle$filename$\rangle$|}|.
-% In addition, the package supports the \BibTeX\ style |babamspl|
-% which corresponds to |amsplain| by the \AmS.
-% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added option \texttt{languagenames} to
-% define commands for language names}%
-% \index{languagenames=\texttt{languagenames}|usage}%
-% If you want to use this style, you have to add the option
-% |languagenames| to the call of the package.
-% Default is |nolanguagenames|.
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{\declarebtxcommands}%
-% If you don't like some of the keywords provided by |babelbib|, or if
-% you want to use new ones, you are able to get these using the
-% command \cs{declarebtxcommands}.
-% It takes two arguments, where the first is the language for which
-% you want to add or change keywords, and the second is the list of
-% command definitions.
-% It seems to be best to show that for an example.
-% You may want to change the definitions for Ph.D.\ theses for English
-% and German with new orthography (the defaults are ``PhD thesis'' resp.\
-% \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`Dissertation"'}).
-% You can reach a change by the following code:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\declarebtxcommands{english}{%
-% \def\btxphdthesis#1{\protect\foreignlanguage{english}{Ph.D.\ thesis}}%
-%}
-%\declarebtxcommands{ngerman}{%
-% \def\btxphdthesis#1{\protect\foreignlanguage{ngerman}{Doktorarbeit}}%
-%}\end{verbatim}
-% You may change more than one command in one |\setbtxcommand|
-% command.
-% You just have to add more of the |\def|\ldots\ lines.
-% But please don't forget the percent sign at the end of the lines in
-% order to avoid unwanted spaces in the output.
-% The \AmS\ \BibTeX\ style |amsplain| uses ``Ph.D.\ thesis'' instead
-% of the default ``PhD thesis'' for |babamspl|.
-% If you want the same keyword as in the \AmS\ original, you can use
-% the \cs{declarebtxcommands} line shown above.
-%
-%
-% \section{Preparing the \texttt{bib} files}
-%
-% In order to use the feature of multilingual bibliographies, add the
-% field |language| to every entry in your |bib| files.
-% This field gives the language of the cited document, e.\,g.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%@InBook{dieter1997a,
-% editor = {Dieter, George~E. and others},
-% title = {Materials Selection and Design},
-% chapter = {Effects of Composition, Processing, and Structure on
-% Properties of Engineering Plastics},
-% publisher = {ASM International},
-% year = 1997,
-% volume = 20,
-% series = {ASM Handbook},
-% pages = {434--456},
-% language = {english},
-% isbn = {0-87170-386-6}
-%}\end{verbatim}
-% Then, the output of the document data (title, authors, series, etc.)
-% is typeset with correct hyphenation patterns.
-% Wheather also the keywords (``edition'', ``pages'', etc.) are
-% switched to the citation language, depends on wheather |fixlanguage|
-% has been used.
-% All languages that appear in the bibliography have to be loaded by
-% |babel|.
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{\setbtxfallbacklanguage}
-% If the field |language| is missing, the citation is typeset using a
-% fall-back language.
-% By default, the document's main language (that one that is active at
-% \cs{begin\{document\}}) is used.
-% You can change the fall-back language by using
-% \cs{setbtxfallbacklanguage\marg{language}}, e.\,g.,
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\setbtxfallbacklanguage{ngerman}\end{verbatim}
-%
-% |babelbib| supports a couple of additional fields:
-% |ISBN|, |ISSN|, |URL|, |URLDATE|, and |ANNOTE|.
-% |ISBN| and |ISSN| take the ISBN or ISSN respectively.
-% |URL| is the address of a WWW page while |URLDATE| is the date when
-% the WWW page has been visited.
-% The field |URL| is typeset using the command |\url| if available,
-% e.\,g., if the user has loaded |url.sty|.
-% Otherwise, |babelbib| defines a |\url| command which just calls
-% |\texttt|.
-% |ANNOTE| typesets annotations after each entry in the bibliography.
-% By default, a |quotation| environment (starting with \cs{noindent})
-% is used.
-% If the field |ANNOTELANGUAGE| is also given, the language is
-% switched to the specified language.
-% Otherwise the language of the keywords is used.
-%
-% You can change the behaviour by redefining
-% \cs{btxannotation}\marg{annotations}.
-% The annotations are only printed when the package option |annote| is
-% used.
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{\biblanguage}%
-% If you want to use language-dependent commands as \cs{alsoname} in a
-% bibliography that was produced with |fixlanguage| you will be
-% surprised that the commands change the output depending on the
-% language of the citation.
-% If you want to write a field with the keyword language, you can use
-% the command \cs{biblanguage}, e.g.,
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%@Article{abinger1988a,
-% author = {Abinger, R. and Hammer, F. and Leopold, J. and others},
-% title = {Gro"sschaden an einem 300"=MW"=Dampfturbosatz},
-% journal = {Der Maschinenschaden},
-% year = 1988,
-% volume = 61,
-% number = 2,
-% pages = {58--60},
-% language = {ngerman},
-% note = {\biblanguage{\alsoname~\cite{abinger1990a}}}
-%}\end{verbatim}
-% This will give the note ``\alsoname~[\ldots]'' instead of
-% ``{\selectlanguage{ngerman}\alsoname~[\ldots]}'' when the
-% bibliography uses English keywords.
-%
-%
-% \section{Available bibliography styles}%
-% \label{sec:styles}%
-%
-% The |babelbib| bundle contains adapted versions of the standard
-% bibliography styles |plain|, |unsrt|, |abbrv|, and |alpha|.
-% They are called |babplain|, |babunsrt|, |bababbrv|, and |babalpha|,
-% respectively.
-% All variants write names in a special manner when more than one
-% author is given.
-% The first author ist written ``Lastname, Forename'' while all other
-% authors are written ``Forename Lastname''.
-% This is done to emphesize the ordering by the lastname.
-%
-% If you don't want this behaviour you can use additional variants
-% that use the same notation for all names.
-% By appending |-fl| to the style name, e.\,g., |babalpha-fl|, all names
-% are written ``Forename Lastname''.
-% By appending |-lf|, e.\,g., |babalpha-lf|, all names are written
-% ``Lastname, Forename''.
-%
-% The style |babamspl| is the |babelbib| equivalent to |amsplain|.
-%
-%
-% \section{Customisation of the bibliography's typography}
-% \label{sec:typography}%
-%
-% In constrast to the standard and |germbib| |bst| files, the
-% appearance of the different data types is not fixed for |bab*.bst|.
-% There are commands for some data fields that determine the used
-% font.
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{\setbibliographyfont}%
-% You can change some font specifications in the bibliography using
-% the command
-% \cs{setbibliographyfont\{\textrm{\meta{element}}\}\{\textrm{\meta{font command}}\}},
-% where \meta{element} is a typographic element, listed in
-% table~\ref{tab:elements}.
-% \begin{table}[tp]
-% \centering
-% \caption{Default values for the fonts in bibliographies.
-% If no value is given, the standard font (normally upright roman)
-% is used.}
-% \label{tab:elements}
-% \begin{tabular}{llll}
-% \toprule
-% Element& Data types& \multicolumn{2}{c}{Default value for
-% \BibTeX\ style} \\
-% && |bababbrv|, |babalpha|& |babamspl| \\
-% && |babplain|, |babunsrt|& \\
-% \midrule
-% name& Authors, editors& & \\
-% lastname& Lastnames of Authors, editors& & \\
-% title& All kinds of titles& \cs{emph}& \cs{emph}\\
-% jtitle& Title of journal articles& \cs{emph}& \cs{emph}\\
-% etal& ``\emph{et al.}''& \cs{emph}& \\
-% journal& Journal name& & \\
-% publisher& Publisher name& & \\
-% volume& Volume (journal)& & \cs{textbf} \\
-% ISBN& ISBN& \cs{MakeUppercase}& \cs{MakeUppercase} \\
-% ISSN& ISSN& \cs{MakeUppercase}& \cs{MakeUppercase} \\
-% url& URL& \cs{url}& \cs{url} \\
-% urldate& visiting date of URL& & \\
-% ordinal& ordinal numbers in edition& & \\
-% \bottomrule
-% \end{tabular}
-% \end{table}
-% \meta{font command} is a command that takes one argument, e.\,g.\
-% |\textbf|, |\emph|, or |\textsc|.
-% If no suitable command is available, you have to define one, first.
-% For example, you can get a bold italic font as follows:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\newcommand\textitbf[1]{{\bfseries\itshape #1\/}}%
-%\setbibliographyfont{title}{\textitbf}%\end{verbatim}
-% As it can be seen in this example, the argument of the used font
-% command mustn't be specified in |\setbibliographyfont|.
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Names}
-%
-% The \meta{element} |name| changes the whole name of the author,
-% including forename and lastname.
-% If |lastname| is also specified, it changes the lastname within the
-% font for the name.
-% For example,
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\setbibliographyfont{name}{\emph}
-%\setbibliographyfont{lastname}{\MakeUppercase}\end{verbatim}
-% leads to |\emph{Harald \MakeUppercase{Harders}}| resp.\
-% ``\emph{Harald \MakeUppercase{Harders}}''.
-%
-%
-% By default, a colon is printed after the author names.
-% If you want another sign, just redefine the command
-% \cs{btxauthorcolon}:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\renewcommand\btxauthorcolon{,}\end{verbatim}
-% Unfortunately, it cannot detect if the name ends on a fullstop.
-% Thus, things like ``Harders, H.. \emph{Title of document}'' may
-% appear.
-%
-%
-% \subsection{URL's}
-%
-% The font definition for |urldate| can also be used not to change the
-% font but to provide a command that writes the date in the correct
-% language, e.\,g., using the |isodate| package:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\usepackage[short]{isodate}
-%\setbibliographyfont{urldate}{\printdate}\end{verbatim}
-%
-% When using |urldate|, normally a string is printed between the url
-% itself and the the date, e.g., in English
-% ``\url{http://www.dante.de}, visited on 2005-11-11''.
-% The string is ``|, visited on |''.
-% This is reached by the definition of the internal command
-% \cs{btxurldatecomment}, e.g., for English
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\def\btxurldatecomment#1{%
-% \protect\foreignlanguage{english}{, visited on #1}%
-%}\end{verbatim}
-% You can change this command, for example, to typeset the date in
-% brackets:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\declarebtxcommands{english}{%
-% \def\btxurldatecomment#1{ [#1]}%
-%}\end{verbatim}
-% Be sure not to forget the leading space.
-% It is necessary to be able to begin with a comma which does not have
-% a space before it.
-%
-%
-% \subsection{ISBN and ISSN}
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{\btxISBN}%
-% \DescribeMacro{\btxISSN}%
-% There are two additional commands, \cs{btxISBN} and \cs{btxISSN}.
-% They generate the strings ``ISBN'' and ``ISSN'' in bibliographies.
-% By default, they do it without a change of the font.
-% For example, if using oldstyle digits, it could be worth to change
-% them e.\,g.\ to
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\renewcommand\btxISBN{\textsc{isbn}}
-%\renewcommand\btxISSN{\textsc{issn}}\end{verbatim}
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{\btxprintISBN}%
-% \DescribeMacro{\btxprintISSN}%
-% By default, the ISBN resp.\ ISSN is printed if present in the data
-% base.
-% You can switch this behaviour off by using \cs{btxprintISBN\{false\}}
-% resp.\ \cs{btxprintISSN\{false\}}.
-% Similarly, printing is switched on by \cs{btxprintISBN\{true\}}
-% resp.\ \cs{btxprintISSN\{true\}}.
-% Alternatively, you can switch on or off the ISBN and ISSN when
-% loading the package by using the package options |isbn|, |noisbn|,
-% |issn|, or |noissn|.
-%
-% This, however, only works for the ``standard'' styles, i.\,e., not for
-% the \AmS\ style |babamspl|.
-%
-% If you are using |babamspl|, the language names of the citations are
-% printed by default, as the original \AmS\ style does it.
-% You can avoid this by adding following line to your preamble:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\newcommand\btxprintamslanguage[1]{}\end{verbatim}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Spaces between forenames}
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{\btxfnamespaceshort}%
-% \DescribeMacro{\btxfnamespacelong}%
-% The spaces between multiple forenames are written by
-% \cs{btxfnamespacelong} and \cs{btxfnamespaceshort} for full and
-% abbreviated forenames, respectively.
-% By default, a normal space is used between full forenames, and a
-% thin space (\cs{,}) is used between abbreviated forenames (with the
-% exception English where no space is printed).
-% These defaults can be changed language-dependent:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\declarebtxcommands{english}{%
-% \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
-% \def\btxfnamespacelong{~}%
-%}\end{verbatim}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Edition numbers}
-%
-% Ordinal numbers for editions are handled by \LaTeX\ when typesetting
-% the bibliography.
-% You just have to give the number itself in the |bib| file and it is
-% typeset correctly in the bibliography, e.g.,
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%edition = 3\end{verbatim}
-% is typeset as "`3."' in German and ``3rd'' in English.
-% Unfortunately, I do not know about other languages than these two
-% how to write ordinal numbers.
-% Thus, in all other languages, a warning is produced and the given
-% number is printed without a change (``3'' in the example).
-% If not a pure number is given, it also is typeset without a change.
-% You can add or change the output of edition numbers on a language
-% basis, e.g.,
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\declarebtxcommands{english}{%
-% \def\btxnumeralshort#1{%
-% \btxnumeralenglish{english}{#1}}%
-% \def\btxnumerallong#1{%
-% \ifnumber{#1}{%
-% \ifcase#1 0th\or first\or second\or third\or forth\or fifth\or
-% sixth\or seventh\or eighth\or nineth\or tenth\else
-% \btxnumeralenglish{english}{#1}%
-% \fi}{#1}}%
-%}\end{verbatim}
-% This example typesets the ordinals between 1st and 10th as words and
-% switches to the short form for larger numbers in English language
-% for the long version and uses the default function for the short
-% version.
-%
-% Three output formats are predefined:
-% \cs{btxnumeraldot} prints the number with a dot followed, as
-% it is common in German.
-% \cs{btxnumeralenglish} adds ``st'', ``nd'', ``rd'', or
-% ``th'', depending on the number.
-% And \cs{btxnumeralfallback} generates a warning and prints
-% the number as given.
-%
-% If you, for instance, want to switch the Danish behaviour to be as
-% the German is, use these commands:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\declarebtxcommands{danish}{%
-% \def\btxnumeralshort#1{\btxnumeraldot{danish}{#1}}%
-% \def\btxnumerallong#1{\btxnumeraldot{danish}{#1}}%
-%}\end{verbatim}
-%
-% For the English variant, a font |numeral| is predefined that
-% typesets the appended characters.
-% If you, for example, want to print the superscripted, use
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\setbibliographyfont{numeral}{\textsuperscript}\end{verbatim}
-%
-% If you know how numerals are handled in a language, please send me
-% an eMail.
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Printing of month and year}
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{datename}%
-% Starting with version 1.29, |babelbib| prints dates in the format
-% ``MMM YYYY' with the name of the month in case the month is
-% specified in an bibliography entry by default (or by using the
-% package option |datename|).
-% For example,
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%@Manual{baeker1998a,
-% title = {Automatische Neuvernetzung mit ABAQUS/Standard -- Technik
-% und Anwendungen},
-% author = {B\"aker, M.},
-% organization = {Institut f\"ur Werkstoffe, Technische Universit\"at
-% Braunschweig},
-% address = {Braunschweig},
-% month = oct,
-% year = 1998,
-% language = {ngerman}
-%}
-%
-%@TechReport{aurenhammer1996a,
-% author = {Aurenhammer, F. and Klein, R.},
-% title = {Voronoi Diagrams},
-% institution = {FernUniversit\"at Gesamthochschule in Hagen},
-% year = 1996,
-% number = 198,
-% month = 5,
-% language = {english}
-%}\end{verbatim}
-% results in
-% \begingroup
-% \def\section*#1{}
-% \begin{thebibliography}{1}
-% \providebibliographyfont{name}{}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{title}{\emph}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{etal}{\emph}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{volume}{}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{ISBN}{\MakeUppercase}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{ISSN}{\MakeUppercase}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{url}{\url}%
-%
-% \btxselectlanguage {ngerman}
-% \bibitem {baeker1998a}
-% \btxnamefont {\btxlastnamefont {B\"aker}, M.}\btxauthorcolon\ \btxtitlefont
-% {Automatische Neuvernetzung mit ABAQUS/Standard -- Technik und Anwendungen}.
-% \newblock Institut f\"ur Werkstoffe, Technische Universit\"at Braunschweig,
-% Braunschweig, \btxprintmonthyear{.}{10}{1998}{long}.
-%\bibitem {aurenhammer1996a}
-%\btxnamefont {\btxlastnamefont {Aurenhammer}, F.} \btxandlong {}\ \btxnamefont
-% {R. \btxlastnamefont {Klein}}\btxauthorcolon\ \btxtitlefont
-% {\btxifchangecase {Voronoi diagrams}{Voronoi Diagrams}}.
-% \newblock \Btxtechreplong {}\ 198, FernUniversit\"at Gesamthochschule
-% in Hagen,
-% \btxprintmonthyear{.}{5}{1996}{long}.
-% \end{thebibliography}
-% \endgroup
-% Note that this conversion only works if you specify the month using
-% the predefined macro names |jan|, |feb|, etc.\ or if you specify the
-% month numerically (|1|, |2|, |3|, etc.).
-% If you use strings (e.\,g., ``January''), the handling of months
-% does not work so that month and year are printed as given in any
-% case.
-%
-% Whether the full name (e.\,g., ``October'') or an abbreviation
-% (e.\,g., ``Oct.'') is printed, is determined by the bibliography
-% style (|.bst|).
-%
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{datenumeric}%
-% By loading |babelbib| with the package option |datenumeric|, the
-% month is converted to a number.
-% Currently, the output format is ``MM/YYYY'' in all languages.
-% The result looks as follows:
-% \begingroup
-% \def\section*#1{}
-% \makeatletter
-% \btx@datenumeric
-% \makeatother
-% \begin{thebibliography}{1}
-% \providebibliographyfont{name}{}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{title}{\emph}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{etal}{\emph}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{volume}{}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{ISBN}{\MakeUppercase}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{ISSN}{\MakeUppercase}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{url}{\url}%
-%
-% \btxselectlanguage {ngerman}
-% \bibitem {baeker1998a}
-% \btxnamefont {\btxlastnamefont {B\"aker}, M.}\btxauthorcolon\ \btxtitlefont
-% {Automatische Neuvernetzung mit ABAQUS/Standard -- Technik und Anwendungen}.
-% \newblock Institut f\"ur Werkstoffe, Technische Universit\"at Braunschweig,
-% Braunschweig, \btxprintmonthyear{.}{10}{1998}{long}.
-%\bibitem {aurenhammer1996a}
-%\btxnamefont {\btxlastnamefont {Aurenhammer}, F.} \btxandlong {}\ \btxnamefont
-% {R. \btxlastnamefont {Klein}}\btxauthorcolon\ \btxtitlefont
-% {\btxifchangecase {Voronoi diagrams}{Voronoi Diagrams}}.
-% \newblock \Btxtechreplong {}\ 198, FernUniversit\"at Gesamthochschule
-% in Hagen,
-% \btxprintmonthyear{.}{5}{1996}{long}.
-% \end{thebibliography}
-% \endgroup
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{\btxprintmonthyearnum}%
-% If you don't like the used format, you might change it by redefining
-% the macro \cs{btxprintmonthyearnum} for your language as follows:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\declarebtxcommands{danish}{%
-% \def\btxprintmonthyearnum#1#2{#1-#2}%
-%}\end{verbatim}
-% Here, the first argument is the month, the second the year.
-%
-% \DescribeMacro{dateasis}%
-% By loading |babelbib| with the package option |dateasis|, the month
-% is printed as specified in the |bib| file in the format ``MMM YYYY''.
-% Beware that the internal macro names |jan|, |feb|, etc.\ are handled
-% as numbers so that following output is gained:
-% \begingroup
-% \def\section*#1{}
-% \makeatletter
-% \btx@dateasis
-% \makeatother
-% \begin{thebibliography}{1}
-% \providebibliographyfont{name}{}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{title}{\emph}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{etal}{\emph}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{volume}{}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{ISBN}{\MakeUppercase}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{ISSN}{\MakeUppercase}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{url}{\url}%
-%
-% \btxselectlanguage {ngerman}
-% \bibitem {baeker1998a}
-% \btxnamefont {\btxlastnamefont {B\"aker}, M.}\btxauthorcolon\ \btxtitlefont
-% {Automatische Neuvernetzung mit ABAQUS/Standard -- Technik und Anwendungen}.
-% \newblock Institut f\"ur Werkstoffe, Technische Universit\"at Braunschweig,
-% Braunschweig, \btxprintmonthyear{.}{10}{1998}{long}.
-%\bibitem {aurenhammer1996a}
-%\btxnamefont {\btxlastnamefont {Aurenhammer}, F.} \btxandlong {}\ \btxnamefont
-% {R. \btxlastnamefont {Klein}}\btxauthorcolon\ \btxtitlefont
-% {\btxifchangecase {Voronoi diagrams}{Voronoi Diagrams}}.
-% \newblock \Btxtechreplong {}\ 198, FernUniversit\"at Gesamthochschule
-% in Hagen,
-% \btxprintmonthyear{.}{5}{1996}{long}.
-% \end{thebibliography}
-% \endgroup
-%
-%
-%
-% \section{How to add new languages}
-%
-% The language definitions are placed in special files with the
-% extension |.bdf|.
-% If you want to add a new language to the |babelbib| system, you
-% should copy one of the existing |bdf| files and change the new
-% file.
-%
-% Since |babelbib.sty| contains a list of known languages, it will not
-% find the new language definition file, automatically.
-% Then, you can give the name of the new file without extension as an
-% option when loading |babelbib|.
-% For example, to load |mylang.bdf|, you have to load the package as
-% follows:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\usepackage[mylang]{babelbib}\end{verbatim}
-%
-% If you have developed a new |bdf| file, please send it to
-% |h.harders@tu-bs.de|.
-% Then, I will add it to the |babelbib| system.
-%
-% \section{Problems and Incompatibilities}
-%
-% \begin{itemize}
-% \item
-% Babelbib does not work together with old versions of the
-% |frenchle| package prior V5,987.
-% Please update the frenchle package or use the native babel support
-% for the French language, instead.
-% \item
-% If babelbib is used together with one of the classes of the
-% KOMA-Script bundle, some additional spaces are added when
-% numerical edition numbers are used.
-% This is a KOMA-Script bug and will be fixed in the next
-% KOMA-Script release.
-% \end{itemize}
-%
-% \section{To Do}
-%
-% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Add more languages.
-% \item Complete Dutch.
-% \item Add the possibility to switch off ISBN and ISSN to |babasmpl|.
-% \end{itemize}
-%
-%
-% \section*{Acknowledgements}
-%
-% Danie Els, \url{dnjels@sun.ac.za} (Afrikaans);
-% Taneli Huuskonen, \url{huuskone@cc.helsinki.fi} (Esperanto, Finnish);
-% V\'\i ctor Lua\~na, \url{victor@fluor.quimica.uniovi.es} (Spanish);
-% Hans Fredrik Nordhaug, \url{hansfn@mi.uib.no} (Norwegian, Swedish);
-% Robert Fuster, \url{rfuster@imm.upv.es} (Catalan);
-% Markus Kohm, \url{komascript@gmx.info} (Different schemes for writing names);
-% Matthias D. Eisner, \url{matthias.eisner@ethz.ch} (protect
-% \cs{foreignlanguage} calls);
-% Daniel Winkelmann, \url{daniel.winkelmann@club-internet.fr}
-% (idea for different formatting of forenames and lastnames);
-% Jan Steffan, \url{me@jansteffan.de} (\cs{setbtxfallbacklanguage});
-% Philip Ratcliffe, \url{philip.ratcliffe@email.it} (corrections for
-% Italian); Angel Tsankov, \url{bigman@abv.bg} (bugfix with
-% \cs{bbbb\meta{\cs{CurrentOption}}loaded});
-% Prokopis Prokopidis, \url{prokopis@ilsp.gr} (Greek);
-% Daniel Flipo, \url{daniel.flipo@univ-lille1.fr} (French numerals);
-% Ignacio Fern\'andez Galv\'an, \url{jellby@yahoo.com} (Spanish
-% numerals);
-% Peter Bartke, \url{bartke@inf.fu-berlin.de} (idea of annote field);
-% Yanti Yulianti, \url{y_yanti@students.itb.ac.id} (Bahasa);
-% Miguel Rodr{\'\i}guez Penabad \url{penabad@udc.es} (Galician);
-% Jos\'e Carlos Santos \url{jcsantos@fc.up.pt} (Portuguese).
-%
-% Furthermore, I thank the person who provided Russian.
-% Unfortunately, I cannot find the name anymore.
-%
-%\begin{thebibliography}{1}
-% \providebibliographyfont{name}{}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{title}{\emph}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{etal}{\emph}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{volume}{}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{ISBN}{\MakeUppercase}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{ISSN}{\MakeUppercase}%
-% \providebibliographyfont{url}{\url}%
-%
-%\selectlanguage{\english}
-%\bibitem{babel}
-%\btxnamefont{Braams, Johannes}: \btxtitlefont{Babel, a multilingual package
-% for use with \LaTeX's standard document classes}, 2002.
-%\newblock \btxurlfont{CTAN:macros/latex/required/babel/}.
-%
-%\selectlanguage{\english}
-%\bibitem{germbib}
-%\btxnamefont{Wallmeier, M.}, A.~Scherer\btxandcomma{} \btxandlong{}\
-% \btxnamefont{H.~Harders}: \btxtitlefont{Macros for german {\BibTeX}ing},
-% 2000.
-%\newblock \btxurlfont{CTAN:biblio/bibtex/contrib/germbib/}.
-%
-%\end{thebibliography}
-%
-% \StopEventually{\PrintChanges \PrintIndex}
-%
-%
-% \section{The implementation}
-%
-% Source lines that look like \texttt{$\langle$*...$\rangle$} or
-% \texttt{$\langle$/...$\rangle$} where \texttt{...} is arbitrary text
-% are not written into the output files.
-% If a source line starts with \texttt{$\langle$...$\rangle$}, this
-% part of the line is omitted.
-%
-% \subsection{Headings of the files}
-%
-% Heading of the package and the other files:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*package>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1998/06/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{babelbib}
-%</package>
-% \end{macrocode}
-% File heads of the |bdf| files:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<afrikaans>%% Language definitions for Afrikaans by
-%<afrikaans>%% Danie Els <dnjels@sun.ac.za>
-%<afrikaans>\ProvidesFile{afrikaans.bdf}
-%<bahasa>%% Language definitions for Bahasa by
-%<bahasa>%% Yanti Yulianti <y_yanti@students.itb.ac.id>
-%<bahasa>\ProvidesFile{bahasa.bdf}
-%<catalan>%% Language definitions for Catalan by
-%<catalan>%% Robert Fuster <rfuster@imm.upv.es>
-%<catalan>\ProvidesFile{catalan.bdf}
-%<danish>\ProvidesFile{danish.bdf}
-%<dutch>\ProvidesFile{dutch.bdf}
-%<english>\ProvidesFile{english.bdf}
-%<esperanto>%% Language definitions for Esperanto by
-%<esperanto>%% Taneli Huuskonen <huuskone@cc.helsinki.fi>
-%<esperanto>\ProvidesFile{esperanto.bdf}
-%<finnish>%% Language definitions for Finnish by
-%<finnish>%% Taneli Huuskonen <huuskone@cc.helsinki.fi>
-%<finnish>\ProvidesFile{finnish.bdf}
-%<french>\ProvidesFile{french.bdf}
-%<galician>%% Language definitions for Galician by
-%<galician>%% Miguel Rodr{\'\i}guez Penabad <penabad@udc.es>
-%<galician>\ProvidesFile{galician.bdf}
-%<german>\ProvidesFile{german.bdf}
-%<greek>\ProvidesFile{greek.bdf}
-%<greek>%% Language definitions for Greek by
-%<greek>%% Prokopis Prokopidis <prokopis@ilsp.gr>
-%<italian>\ProvidesFile{italian.bdf}
-%<norsk>%% Language definitions for Norwegian by
-%<norsk>%% Hans Fredrik Nordhaug <hansfn@mi.uib.no>
-%<norsk>\ProvidesFile{norsk.bdf}
-%<portuguese>%% Language definitions for Portuguese by
-%<portuguese>%% Jos\'e Carlos Santos <jcsantos@fc.up.pt>
-%<portuguese>\ProvidesFile{portuguese.bdf}
-%<russian>%% Language definitions for Russian by
-%<russian>%% ... (can't find the information. If it was you please tell me!)
-%<russian>\ProvidesFile{russian.bdf}
-%<spanish>%% Language definitions for Spanish by
-%<spanish>%% V{\'\i}ctor Lua{\~n}a <victor@fluor.quimica.uniovi.es>
-%<spanish>\ProvidesFile{spanish.bdf}
-%<swedish>%% Language definitions for Swedish by
-%<swedish>%% Hans Fredrik Nordhaug <hansfn@mi.uib.no>
-%<swedish>\ProvidesFile{swedish.bdf}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Version information unique for all generated files:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<latex> [2009/10/10 v1.29 babelbib: multilingual bibliographies (HH)]
-%<bst>%% 2009/10/10 v1.29 babelbib: multilingual bibliographies (HH)
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{The package itself}
-%
-% \index{fixlanguage=\texttt{fixlanguage}|main}%
-% Define an option which fixes the language in the bibliography to the
-% main language of the document.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*package>
-\newif\ifbbbbfixlanguage
-\DeclareOption{fixlanguage}{\bbbbfixlanguagetrue}
-\DeclareOption{varlanguage}{\bbbbfixlanguagefalse}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added option \texttt{languagenames} to
-% define commands for language names}%
-% \index{languagenames=\texttt{languagenames}|main}%
-% If this option is used, generate the commands
-% \cs{btxlanguagename}\meta{language} that save how languages are
-% called in other languages, e.\,g. in German, French is called
-% \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`französisch"'}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifbbbblanguagenames
-\DeclareOption{nolanguagenames}{\bbbblanguagenamesfalse}
-\DeclareOption{languagenames}{\bbbblanguagenamestrue}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifbbbbannotations
-\DeclareOption{annote}{\bbbbannotationstrue}
-\DeclareOption{noannote}{\bbbbannotationsfalse}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\ifbtx@printISBN}
-% \begin{macro}{\ifbtx@printISSN}
-% The booleans that store the necessary information if ISBN and ISSN
-% shall be printed.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifbtx@printISBN
-\newif\ifbtx@printISSN
-\DeclareOption{isbn}{\btx@printISBNtrue}
-\DeclareOption{noisbn}{\btx@printISBNfalse}
-\DeclareOption{issn}{\btx@printISSNtrue}
-\DeclareOption{noissn}{\btx@printISSNfalse}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bbbbifundefined}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\btxprintmonthyear[4]{}
-\newcommand*\btx@dateasis{%
- \def\btxprintmonthyear##1##2##3##4{##2\ ##3}%
-}
-\newcommand*\btx@datenumeric{%
- \def\btxprintmonthyear##1##2##3##4{%
- \ifnumber{##2}{\btxprintmonthyearnum{##2}{##3}}{##2\ ##3}}%
-}
-\newcommand*\btx@datename{%
- \def\btxprintmonthyear##1##2##3##4{%
- \ifnumber{##2}{%
- \ifcase ##2 \or
- \csname btxmonjan##4\endcsname{##1}\or
- \csname btxmonfeb##4\endcsname{##1}\or
- \csname btxmonmar##4\endcsname{##1}\or
- \csname btxmonapr##4\endcsname{##1}\or
- \csname btxmonmay##4\endcsname{##1}\or
- \csname btxmonjun##4\endcsname{##1}\or
- \csname btxmonjul##4\endcsname{##1}\or
- \csname btxmonaug##4\endcsname{##1}\or
- \csname btxmonsep##4\endcsname{##1}\or
- \csname btxmonoct##4\endcsname{##1}\or
- \csname btxmonnov##4\endcsname{##1}\or
- \csname btxmondec##4\endcsname{##1}\or
- \PackageError{babelbib}{%
- Month outside range 1 to 12 used}{%
- Better use the BibTeX names jan, feb, mar, etc.}%
- \fi
- \ ##3%
- }{%
- ##2\ ##3}%
- }%
-}
-\DeclareOption{dateasis}{\btx@dateasis}
-\DeclareOption{datenumeric}{\btx@datenumeric}
-\DeclareOption{datename}{\btx@datename}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% If additional options are given, try to load these as
-% languages. This is implemented in order to be able to use a new
-% language that is not yet supported by the official |babelbib|.
-% \changes{1.15}{2005/09/01}{Small bug fix in loading language files}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption*{%
- \InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.bdf}{%
- \expandafter\def\csname bbbb\CurrentOption loaded\endcsname{\@empty}%
- }{%
- \PackageError{babelbib}{%
- Language definition file \CurrentOption.bdf not found}{%
- Maybe you misspelled the language option?}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Default options.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ExecuteOptions{varlanguage,nolanguagenames,noannote,isbn,issn,datename}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Process the given options.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProcessOptions*
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\bbbbifundefined}
-% Define a replacement for \cs{@ifundefined} that does not define the
-% command it is tested for as side effect.
-% This command has been taken from a news posting by Markus Kohm
-% (|markus.kohm@gmx.de|).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\bbbbifundefined}[1]{%
- \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup
- \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\@firstoftwo
- \else
- \expandafter\@secondoftwo
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\bbbbaddto}
-% Adds the command named |\bibs#2| to the command |\extras#1|, if this
-% command is defined before, where |#1| and |#2| are the arguments of
-% |\bbbbaddto|. For internal use only.
-% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Changed \cs{bbbbaddto} in order to allow
-% different commands to be added to \cs{extras}\meta{language}}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bbbbaddto[2]{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Test wheather |\extras#1| is defined.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\bbbbifundefined{extras#1}{}{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Call |babel|'s command to append |\bibs#1| to |\extras#1|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\addto\expandafter{\csname extras#1\endcsname}{%
- \csname #2\endcsname}%
- \typeout{babelbib extension \@backslashchar #2 added to
- \string\extras #1}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\inputbdf}
-% Input the file |#2.bdf| if babel has loaded the language |#1|.
-% For internal use only.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\inputbdf[2]{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{0.43}{2004/01/05}{Test on \cs{date}\meta{language} instead on
-% \cs{l@}\meta{language} (caused problems with \TeX Live)}%
-% Test wheather |\date#1| is defined which is the case if the language
-% |#1| has been loaded.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \bbbbifundefined{date#1}{}{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Input |#2.bdf|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@ifundefined{bbbb#2loaded}{%
- \expandafter\def\csname bbbb#2loaded\endcsname{\@empty}%
- \input{#2.bdf}%
- }{}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\selectbiblanguage}
-% \changes{0.3}{2003/04/21}{Handling of usage before or after
-% \texttt{begin\{document\}} added}%
-% Define |\selectbiblanguage| which explicitly selects the language
-% for the bibliography. This is only useful when the option
-% |fixlanguage| is used.
-% Otherwise the command produces a warning and does nothing else.
-%
-% Since all the language dependent macros are not know before
-% |\begin{document}|, the command |\selectbiblanguage| has to wait
-% until there, before doing any action.
-% Because after |\begin{document}|, it can do the action immediately,
-% |\selectbiblanguge| has to be redefined there.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifbbbbfixlanguage
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define the |\selectlanguage| command for usage before
-% |\begin{document}|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \newcommand\selectbiblanguage[1]{%
- \AtBeginDocument{\@selectbiblanguage{#1}}%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Redefine it at |\begin{document}|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \AtBeginDocument{%
- \renewcommand\selectbiblanguage[1]{\@selectbiblanguage{#1}}%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define the ``real'' command that does the action.
-% It tests wheather |\bibs#1| and |\extras#1| are known and produces
-% error messages if not.
-% If everything is okay, change the bibliography language.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \newcommand\@selectbiblanguage[1]{%
- \bbbbifundefined{bibs#1}{%
- \bbbbifundefined{date#1}{%
- \PackageError{babelbib}{Language #1 in bibliography not loaded
- by babel}{%
- The language #1 hasn't been loaded by babel.
- Add it to the\MessageBreak
- options of the \string\usepackage{babel} command or to the
- global options.}%
- }{%
- \PackageError{babelbib}{Language #1 in bibliography unknown by
- babelbib}{%
- There are no definitions for #1 available in the
- current\MessageBreak
- version of babelbib. Please contact h.harders@tu-bs.de.}%
- }%
- }{%
- \typeout{babelbib: Set language for keywords in the bibliography fixed to #1}%
- \csname bibs#1\endcsname
- }%
- }
-\else
- \newcommand\selectbiblanguage[1]{%
- \PackageWarning{babelbib}{Command \string\selectbiblanguage\space
- used without package\MessageBreak
- option fixlanguage. Ignored}%
- }
- \AtBeginDocument{%
- \typeout{babelbib: Use citation-dependent languages in bibliography}%
- }
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\btxselectlanguage}
-% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added}%
-% Define |\selectbiblanguage| which selects a language and complains
-% if babelbib does not know about this language.
-% For internal use, only.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\btxselectlanguage[1]{%
- \bbbbifundefined{bibs#1}{%
- \bbbbifundefined{date#1}{%
- \PackageError{babelbib}{Language #1 in bibliography not loaded
- by babel}{%
- The language #1 hasn't been loaded by babel.
- Add it to the\MessageBreak
- options of the \string\usepackage{babel} command or to the
- global options.}%
- }{%
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \PackageWarning{babelbib}{Language #1 in bibliography
- unknown\MessageBreak
- by babelbib. Hyphenation will be\MessageBreak
- incorrect}%
- \else
- \PackageError{babelbib}{Language #1 in bibliography unknown by
- babelbib}{%
- There are no definitions for #1 available in the
- current\MessageBreak
- version of babelbib. Please contact h.harders@tu-bs.de.}%
- \fi
- }%
- }{%
- \csname extras#1\endcsname
- \selectlanguage{#1}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\biblanguage}
-% \changes{1.15}{2005/09/01}{Add \cs{biblanguage} that switches to the
-% keyword language within a field}%
-% Define \cs{biblanguage} which switches to the keyword language
-% within a field.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\biblanguage[1]{{%
- \expandafter\selectlanguage\expandafter{\biblanguagename}#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\btxlanguagename}
-% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added}%
-% Define |\btxlanguagename| which typesets the name of the language
-% given in the argument, spoken in the current active language.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\btxlanguagename[1]{%
- \bbbbifundefined{btxlanguagename#1}{%
- \PackageError{babelbib}{Languagename for #1 not
- defined\MessageBreak
- in \languagename\space language}{%
- Either you have forgotten to specify the option `languagenames'
- when loading\MessageBreak
- babelbib, or the command \string\bibs\languagename\space does
- not contain a definition\MessageBreak
- for the command \string\btxlanguagename#1.
- In the latter case, please\MessageBreak
- contact h.harders@tu-bs.de.}%
- #1%
- }{%
- \@nameuse{btxlanguagename#1}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\setbtxfallbacklanguage}
-% \changes{1.12}{2005/06/19}{Add the command \cs{setbtxfallbacklanguage}
-% to force a fall-back language}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\setbtxfallbacklanguage[1]{%
- \edef\btxfallbacklanguage{#1}%
- \typeout{babelbib: Set bibliography fall-back language to
- \btxfallbacklanguage}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\btxfallbacklanguage}
-% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{Add the command \cs{btxfallbacklanguage}
-% for items without given language}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \@ifundefined{btxfallbacklanguage}{%
- \edef\btxfallbacklanguage{\languagename}%
- \typeout{babelbib: Set bibliography fall-back language to
- \btxfallbacklanguage}%
- }{%
- \typeout{babelbib: Bibliography fall-back language unchanged
- (\btxfallbacklanguage)}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\declarebtxcommands}
-% \changes{0.3}{2003/04/21}{Added}%
-% Declare |\declarebtxcommands| which adds or replaces one or more of the
-% |\Btx| or |\btx| commands defined in a \cs{bibs}\meta{language}
-% command.
-% The first argument gives the language for which the commands shall
-% be added or changed.
-% The second argument includes the definitions of the commands.
-% For an example, see section~\ref{sec:usage}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\declarebtxcommands[2]{%
- \AtBeginDocument{%
- \typeout{babelbib: Add a command to \string\bibs#1}%
- \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname bibs#1\endcsname{#2}%
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \selectbiblanguage{\biblanguagename}%
- \fi
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% This command may only be used in the preamble.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@onlypreamble\declarebtxcommands
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\btxifchangecaseon}
-% \begin{macro}{\btxifchangecaseoff}
-% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Move change of case from bst to sty}%
-% The bst files write titles twice, first with changed case and second
-% with preserved case.
-% The macros \cs{btxifchangecaseon} and \cs{btxifchangecaseoff}
-% typeset one of these versions.
-% The languages append one of these commands to the
-% \cs{extras}\meta{language} commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\btxifchangecaseon{%
- \def\btxifchangecase{\@firstoftwo}%
-}%
-\newcommand*\btxifchangecaseoff{%
- \def\btxifchangecase{\@secondoftwo}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\setbibliographyfont}
-% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Don't change the font commands directly
-% but use this command}%
-% Define |\setbibliographyfont| and |\setbibliographyfont*| that set
-% the font declared by the first argument |#1| to the second argument
-% |#2|.
-% The second argument has to be a macro with one argument, like
-% |\textbf|, |\emph|, |\textsc|, etc.
-% The normal version generates an error, if the internal command
-% |\btx#1font| is not defined.
-% The star version doesn't.
-% error.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\setbibliographyfont{%
- \@ifnextchar*{\@@setbibliographyfont}{\@setbibliographyfont}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\@setbibliographyfont}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\@setbibliographyfont[2]{%
- \bbbbifundefined{btx#1font}{%
- \PackageError{babelbib}{Bibliography font `#1' can't be set}{%
- You have tried to define a font for the bibliographic element
- \MessageBreak
- `#1', which is unknown to babelbib}%
- }{%
- \expandafter\renewcommand\csname btx#1font\endcsname{#2}%
- \typeout{babelbib: Bibliography font for `#1' changed.}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\@@setbibliographyfont}
-% The first argument is the |*| and ignored.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\@@setbibliographyfont[3]{%
- \bbbbifundefined{btx#2font}{%
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname btx#2font\endcsname{#3}%
- \typeout{babelbib: Bibliography font for `#2' newly defined.}%
- }{%
- \expandafter\renewcommand\csname btx#2font\endcsname{#3}%
- \typeout{babelbib: Bibliography font for `#2' changed.}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\providebibliographyfont}
-% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added}%
-% Define |\providebibliographyfont| and |\providebibliographyfont*|
-% that do the same as |\setbibliographyfont| and
-% |\setbibliographyfont*|, but only, if |\setbibliographyfont| has not
-% been used for |#1|, before.
-% It is similar to |\providecommmand| which only defines that command
-% if it is undefined, before.
-% This command is intended to be used by the \BibTeX\ style, but can
-% also be used by the user.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\providebibliographyfont{%
- \@ifnextchar*{\@@providebibliographyfont}{\@providebibliographyfont}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\@providebibliographyfont}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\@providebibliographyfont[2]{%
- \bbbbifundefined{btx#1font}{%
- \PackageError{babelbib}{Bibliography font `#1' can't be set}{%
- You have tried to define a font for the bibliographic element
- \MessageBreak
- `#1', which is unknown to babelbib}%
- }{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname btx#1font\endcsname\@empty
- \expandafter\renewcommand\csname btx#1font\endcsname{#2}%
- \typeout{babelbib: Using the BibTeX style's default font for `#1'.}%
- \else
- \typeout{babelbib: Using user changed font for `#1'.}%
- \fi
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\@@setbibliographyfont}
-% The first argument is the |*| and ignored.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\@@providebibliographyfont[3]{%
- \bbbbifundefined{btx#2font}{%
- \expandafter\newcommand\csname btx#2font\endcsname{#3}%
- \typeout{babelbib: Using the BibTeX style's default font for `#2'.}%
- }{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname btx#2font\endcsname\@empty
- \expandafter\renewcommand\csname btx#2font\endcsname{#3}%
- \typeout{babelbib: Using the BibTeX style's default font for `#2'.}%
- \else
- \typeout{babelbib: Using user changed font for `#2'.}%
- \fi
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\btxnamefont}
-% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Add new font for journal names}%
-% \changes{1.12}{2005/06/19}{Add new font \cs{btxlastname} for last
-% names}%
-% Define the dummy commands for available fonts
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\btxnamefont{}
-\let\btxnamefont=\@empty
-\newcommand*\btxlastnamefont{}
-\let\btxlastnamefont=\@empty
-\newcommand\btxtitlefont{}
-\let\btxtitlefont=\@empty
-\newcommand\btxjtitlefont{}
-\let\btxjtitlefont=\@empty
-\newcommand\btxetalfont{}
-\let\btxetalfont=\@empty
-\newcommand\btxjournalfont{}
-\let\btxjournalfont=\@empty
-\newcommand\btxpublisherfont{}
-\let\btxpublisherfont=\@empty
-\newcommand\btxvolumefont{}
-\let\btxvolumefont=\@empty
-\newcommand\btxISBNfont{}
-\let\btxISBNfont=\@empty
-\newcommand\btxISSNfont{}
-\let\btxISSNfont=\@empty
-\newcommand\btxurlfont{}
-\let\btxurlfont=\@empty
-\newcommand\btxurldatefont{}
-\let\btxurldatefont=\@empty
-\newcommand\btxnumeralfont{}
-\let\btxnumeralfont=\@empty
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\btxauthorcolon}
-% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added}%
-% Define |\btxauthorcolon| which defines the characters typeset after
-% the authors, if they are written before the title.
-% By default, it is a ``:''.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\btxauthorcolon{:}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\btxISBN}
-% Define |\btxISBN| which outputs "`ISBN"' in a bibliography.
-% For example, it could be defined to |\textsc{isbn}| when old style
-% digits are used.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\btxISBN{ISBN}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\btxISSN}
-% Define |\btxISSN| which outputs "`ISSN"' in a bibliography.
-% For example, it could be defined to |\textsc{issn}| when old style
-% digits are used.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\btxISSN{ISSN}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\ifbtxprintISBN}
-% \begin{macro}{\ifbtxprintISSN}
-% These commands are used by the bibliography styles to typeset the
-% ISBN or ISSN only if wanted.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\ifbtxprintISBN[1]{\ifbtx@printISBN #1\fi}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\ifbtxprintISSN[1]{\ifbtx@printISSN #1\fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\btxprintISBN}
-% \begin{macro}{\btxprintISSN}
-% These macros are used to switch on or off printing of ISBN resp.\
-% ISSN.
-% Valid arguments are |true| and |false|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\btxprintISBN[1]{\csname btx@printISBN#1\endcsname}
-\newcommand*\btxprintISSN[1]{\csname btx@printISSN#1\endcsname}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\btxannotation}
-% A command that typesets annotations.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifbbbbannotations
- \DeclareRobustCommand\btxannotation[1]{%
- \begin{quotation}%
- \noindent
- #1%
- \end{quotation}%
- }
-\else
- \DeclareRobustCommand\btxannotation[1]{}%
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\btx@ifnumerical}
-% Test wheather argument 1 is a number (from KOMA script)
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand\ifnumber[3]{%
- \begingroup\@tempswafalse\let\scr@next\test@number
- \expandafter\scr@next#1\scr@next
- \if@tempswa\endgroup#2\else\endgroup#3\fi
-}
-\providecommand*\test@number[1]{%
- \ifx \scr@next#1%
- \let\scr@next\relax
- \else
- \@tempcnta=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\number
- \expandafter`#1\relax
- \ifnum \@tempcnta>47\relax
- \ifnum \@tempcnta<58\relax
- \@tempswatrue
- \else\@tempswafalse\fi
- \else\@tempswafalse\fi
- \if@tempswa\else\let\scr@next\gobble@till@next\fi\fi
- \scr@next
-}
-\def\gobble@till@next#1\scr@next{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \changes{1.17}{2005/11/05}{Handle numerical edition numbers}%
-% \begin{macro}{\btx@parsenum}
-% Parses the number given by \cs{btx@parsenum}\meta{number}\cs{@empty}
-% prints it and returns the last two digits in \cs{btx@digita} and
-% \cs{btx@digitb}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\btx@parsenum#1#2#3\@empty{%
- #1%
- \edef\btx@digitb{#3}%
- \ifx\@empty\btx@digitb
- #2%
- \edef\btx@digita{#1}%
- \edef\btx@digitb{#2}%
- \else
- \expandafter\btx@parsenum#2#3\@empty
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\btxnumeralfallback}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\btxnumeralfallback[2]{%
- \foreignlanguage{#1}{%
- \ifnumber{#2}{%
- \PackageWarning{babelbib}{Handling of numerical editions not
- handled\MessageBreak by language #1 for edition `#2'}%
- }{}%
- #2%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\btxnumeraldot}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\btxnumeraldot[2]{%
- \foreignlanguage{#1}{\ifnumber{#2}{#2.}{#2}}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\btxnumeralenglish}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\btxnumeralenglish[2]{%
- \foreignlanguage{#1}{%
- \ifnumber{#2}{%
- \expandafter\btx@parsenum#2\@empty\@empty\@empty
- \btxnumeralfont{%
- \ifx\btx@digitb\@empty
- \ifcase\btx@digita th\or st\or nd\or rd\else th\fi
- \else
- \ifnum\btx@digita=1
- th%
- \else
- \ifcase\btx@digitb th\or st\or nd\or rd\else th\fi
- \fi
- \fi
- }%
- }{#2}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\url}
-% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{If no \cs{url} command is defined,
-% produce an error}%
-% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added, if not available by another
-% package}%
-% Define |\url| which, by default, is used for URLs. Only necessary if
-% not provided by another package, e.\,g.\ |url.sty|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \providecommand\url[1]{%
- \PackageError{babelbib}{No \string\url\space command defined but
- field URL used\MessageBreak
- in bibliography}{%
- Please define a \string\url\space command for printing URLs
- before \string\begin{document}, e.\,g.\MessageBreak
- by loading the package `url.sty'.}%
- \texttt{#1}%
- }%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Perform the following commands at |\begin{document}| in order to be
-% sure to do that after loading |babel|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Load |babel| if that has not been done, yet.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \RequirePackage{babel}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Input all know languages that babel has also loaded, before.
-% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Removed Italian from the list of
-% automatically found languages, since it is not complete, yet}%
-% \changes{0.31}{2003/05/01}{Added Italian to the list of automatically
-% found languages, again}%
-% \changes{0.34}{2003/07/28}{Added Afrikaans}%
-% \changes{0.41}{2003/11/03}{Added Norwegian (by Hans Fredrik Nordhaug)}%
-% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Renamed franceis to francais}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \inputbdf{afrikaans}{afrikaans}
- \inputbdf{american}{english}
- \inputbdf{austrian}{german}
- \inputbdf{bahasa}{bahasa}
- \inputbdf{brazil}{portuguese}
- \inputbdf{brazilian}{portuguese}
- \inputbdf{british}{english}
- \inputbdf{canadian}{english}
- \inputbdf{canadien}{french}
- \inputbdf{catalan}{catalan}
- \inputbdf{danish}{danish}
- \inputbdf{dutch}{dutch}
- \inputbdf{english}{english}
- \inputbdf{esperanto}{esperanto}
- \inputbdf{finnish}{finnish}
- \inputbdf{francais}{french}
- \inputbdf{french}{french}
- \inputbdf{frenchb}{french}
- \inputbdf{galician}{galician}
- \inputbdf{german}{german}
- \inputbdf{germanb}{german}
- \inputbdf{greek}{greek}
- \inputbdf{italian}{italian}
- \inputbdf{norsk}{norsk}
- \inputbdf{mexican}{spanish}
- \inputbdf{naustrian}{german}
- \inputbdf{ngerman}{german}
- \inputbdf{portuges}{portuguese}
- \inputbdf{portuguese}{portuguese}
- \inputbdf{russian}{russian}
- \inputbdf{russianb}{russian}
- \inputbdf{spanish}{spanish}
- \inputbdf{swedish}{swedish}
- \inputbdf{UKenglish}{english}
- \inputbdf{USenglish}{english}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Call |\bibs#1|, where |#1| stands for the main language of the
-% document, to activate the additional bibliographic commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \typeout{babelbib: Load BibTeX extensions
- \string\bibs\bbl@main@language\space for \bbl@main@language}%
- \selectbiblanguage{\bbl@main@language}%
- \else
- \expandafter\selectlanguage\expandafter{\bbl@main@language}%
- \fi
-}
-%</package>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{The language definitions}
-%
-% \subsubsection{German}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*german>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsgerman}
-% Define |\bibsgerman| which itself defines all necessary expressions
-% used in bibliographies that differ in different languages.
-% This command is used for all German dialects.
-%
-% Since the language of the keywords may differ from the language of
-% the bibliography item, the keyword language is set for each keyword.
-% Because this command is also used for dialects, it has an optional
-% argument which is set to the dialect.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsgerman[1][german]{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define the command |\biblanguagename| that always returns the name
-% of the current language for bibliographies.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% First, define all commands for usage within a sentence (which
-% normally start with a lowercase letter, if they aren't a noun).
-% These commands start with a lowercase letter.
-%
-% Many commands have an argument. This may be used by the bib\TeX\
-% styles to append a dot after abbreviations, e.\,g.\
-% |\btxetalshort{.}|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
- \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
- \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{und}}%
- \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{und}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The command |\btxandcomma| contains a ``,'' if a comma is added
-% before the ``and'' in a list of more than two items.
-% For German, this is not the case.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
- \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in:}}%
- \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in:}}%
- \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{d.\ Reihe}}%
- \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
- \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{der Reihe}}%
- \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
- \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hrsg##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Herausgeber}}%
- \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hrsg##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Herausgeber}}%
- \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bd##1{}}}%
- \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Band}}%
- \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nummer}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Avoid the ligature in
-% \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`Auf"|lage"'} in the same way, |babel|
-% does it.
-% This is a change in the behaviour to the |germbib| package.
-% In \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`Aufl"'} the ligature is still
-% used since this is done in abbreviations.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aufl##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
- Auf\penalty10000\discretionary{-}{}{\kern.03em}%
- \allowhyphens lage}}%
- \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kap##1{}}}%
- \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kapitel}}%
- \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{S##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Seite}}%
- \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{S##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Seiten}}%
- \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Diplomarbeit}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Use \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`Dissertation"'} instead of
-% \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`Doktorarbeit"'} for PhD theses.
-% This is a change in the behaviour to the |germbib| package.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dissertation}}%
- \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Techn.\ Ber##1{}}}%
- \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technischer Bericht}}%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januar}}%
- \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februar}}%
- \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{M\"arz}}%
- \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
- \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mai}}%
- \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juni}}%
- \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juli}}%
- \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{August}}%
- \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
- \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktober}}%
- \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
- \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dezember}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{M\"arz}}%
- \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mai}}%
- \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juni}}%
- \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juli}}%
- \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dez##1{}}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Then, define all commands for usage at the begin of a sentence
-% (which start with an uppercase letter).
-% These commands start with an uppercase letter.
-% Since, in German, many nouns are the same in the middle and at the
-% start of a sentence, the |\Btx| variants just call the |\btx|
-% variant.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In:}}%
- \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In:}}%
- \def\Btxeditorshort{\btxeditorshort}%
- \def\Btxeditorlong{\btxeditorlong}%
- \def\Btxeditorsshort{\btxeditorsshort}%
- \def\Btxeditorslong{\btxeditorslong}%
- \def\Btxvolumeshort{\btxvolumeshort}%
- \def\Btxvolumelong{\btxvolumelong}%
- \def\Btxnumbershort{\btxnumbershort}%
- \def\Btxnumberlong{\btxnumberlong}%
- \def\Btxeditionshort{\btxeditionshort}%
- \def\Btxeditionlong{\btxeditionlong}%
- \def\Btxchaptershort{\btxchaptershort}%
- \def\Btxchapterlong{\btxchapterlong}%
- \def\Btxpageshort{\btxpageshort}%
- \def\Btxpagelong{\btxpagelong}%
- \def\Btxpagesshort{\btxpagesshort}%
- \def\Btxpageslong{\btxpageslong}%
- \def\Btxtechrepshort{\btxtechrepshort}%
- \def\Btxtechreplong{\btxtechreplong}%
- \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, besucht: ##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{1.16}{2005/10/31}{Allow to alter space between two
-% forenames}%
-% The command \cs{btxfnamespaceshort} and \cs{btxfnamespacelong}
-% contain the space between two abbreviated resp.\ full forenames.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
- \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{1.17}{2005/11/05}{Handle numerical edition numbers}%
-% Handle numerical edition numbers.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeraldot{#1}{##1}}%
- \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeraldot{#1}{##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% A command that just puts some user defined text in the language of
-% the keywords.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{##1}}%
- \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added language names}%
-% Names of all known languages in the current language.
-% For example, used by |babamspl.bst|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifbbbblanguagenames
- \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{deutsch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugiesisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugiesisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgarisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franz\"osisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalanisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroatisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tschechisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{d\"anisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{niederl\"andisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finnisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franz\"osisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franz\"osisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franz\"osisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{deutsch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{deutsch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{griechisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebr\"aisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ungarisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{isl\"andisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italienisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lateinisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{deutsch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{deutsch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norwegisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{neunorwegisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polnisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugiesisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugiesisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{schottisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spanisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{schwedisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{t\"urkisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englisch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englisch}}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsgermanb}
-% Do the same for the language ``germanb''. Since there is no
-% difference, just call |\bibsgerman|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsgermanb{\bibsgerman}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsngerman}
-% Do the same for German with new ortography. Call |\bibsgerman| with
-% new hyphenation patterns.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsngerman[1][ngerman]{\bibsgerman[#1]}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsaustrian}
-% Once again. Austrians use \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`J\"anner"'}
-% instead of \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`Januar"'}. Thus, redefine the
-% corresponding command.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsaustrian[1][austrian]{%
- \bibsgerman[#1]%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{J\"anner}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{J\"an##1{}}}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsnaustrian}
-% New Austrian is the same as Austrian.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsnaustrian[1][naustrian]{%
- \bibsngerman[#1]%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{J\"anner}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{J\"an##1{}}}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% The rest has to be executed after loading |babel.sty|, because the
-% |\extra...| commands have to be defined for all used languages.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If the language is fixed, do nothing.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \else
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Append the corresponding |\#2| command to each used language,
-% namely |\extras#1|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \bbbbaddto{austrian}{bibsaustrian}
- \bbbbaddto{german}{bibsgerman}
- \bbbbaddto{germanb}{bibsgermanb}
- \bbbbaddto{naustrian}{bibsnaustrian}
- \bbbbaddto{ngerman}{bibsngerman}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Move change of case from bst to sty}%
-% Switch off the change of case in titles for all German dialects by
-% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \bbbbaddto{austrian}{btxifchangecaseoff}
- \bbbbaddto{german}{btxifchangecaseoff}
- \bbbbaddto{germanb}{btxifchangecaseoff}
- \bbbbaddto{naustrian}{btxifchangecaseoff}
- \bbbbaddto{ngerman}{btxifchangecaseoff}
-}
-%</german>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Galician}
-% \changes{1.26}{2009/06/17}{Added Galician language}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*galician>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The language definition for Galician was provided by Miguel
-% Rodr{\'\i}guez Penabad.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsgalician}
-% Bibliographic commands for Galician.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsgalician[1][galician]{%
- \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
- \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{e~cols##1{}}}%
- \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{e~colaboradores}}%
- \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{e}}%
- \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{e}}%
- \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
- \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
- \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
- \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
- \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
- \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
- \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
- \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editor}}%
- \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{eds##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editores}}%
- \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
- \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volume}}%
- \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
- n\textsuperscript{\underline{o}}}}%
- \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n\'umero}}%
- \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edici\'{o}n}}%
- \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap##1{}}}%
- \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap{\'\i}tulo}}%
- \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'ax##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'axina}}%
- \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'axs##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'axinas}}%
- \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tese de Licenciatura}}%
- \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tese de Doutoramento}}%
- \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Informe t\'ecnico##1{}}}%
- \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Informe t\'ecnico}}%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Xaneiro}}%
- \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Febreiro}}%
- \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Marzo}}%
- \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Abril}}%
- \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maio}}%
- \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Xu\~no}}%
- \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Xullo}}%
- \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Agosto}}%
- \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Setembro}}%
- \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Outubro}}%
- \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Novembro}}%
- \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Decembro}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Xan##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Abr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mai}}%
- \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Xu\~n}}%
- \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Xul}}%
- \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ago##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Set##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Out##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dec##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{En}}%
- \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{En}}%
- \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editor}}%
- \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editores}}%
- \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
- \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
- N\textsuperscript{\underline{o}}}}%
- \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{N\'umero}}%
- \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edici\'on}}%
- \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap\'\itulo}}%
- \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'ax##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'axina}}%
- \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'axs##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'axinas}}%
- \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Informe t\'ecnico}}%
- \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Informe t\'ecnico}}%
- \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, visitado o ##1}}%
- \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
- \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
- \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
- \ifnumber{##1}{##1\textsuperscript{a}}{##1}}}%
- \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralshort{##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
- \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
- \ifbbbblanguagenames
- \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{b\'ulgaro}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catal\'an}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croata}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{checo}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dan\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{holand\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finland\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{grego}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebreo}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{h\'ungaro}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{island\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irland\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italiano}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lat\'\i n}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noruego}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noruego}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polaco}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ruso}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{escoc\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbio}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{espa\~nol}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sueco}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turco}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \else
- \bbbbaddto{galician}{bibsgalician}
- \fi
- \bbbbaddto{galician}{btxifchangecaseoff}
-}
-%</galician>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{English}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*english>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The language definition for English is mostly the same as the German
-% one. Therefore, it is not described in detail, again.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsenglish}
-% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Handle package \texttt{frenchpro}}%
-% |french.sty| already defines \cs{bibsenglish}.
-% In this case it has to be redefined, otherwise newly defined.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\makeatletter
-\@ifpackageloaded{french}{}{\newcommand\bibsenglish{}}
-\makeatother
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Changed some abbreviations}%
-% Bibliographic commands for English.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand\bibsenglish[1][english]{%
- \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
- \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
- \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
- \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{and}}%
- \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{and}}%
- \def\btxandcomma##1{,}%
- \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
- \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
- \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{of}}%
- \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
- \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{of}}%
- \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
- \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editor}}%
- \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{eds##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editors}}%
- \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
- \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volume}}%
- \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{no##1{}}}%
- \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{number}}%
- \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edition}}%
- \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ch##1{}}}%
- \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{chapter}}%
- \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{page}}%
- \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pp##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pages}}%
- \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Master's thesis}}%
- \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{PhD thesis}}%
- \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Techn.\ rep##1{}}}%
- \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technical report}}%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{January}}%
- \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{February}}%
- \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{March}}%
- \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
- \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{May}}%
- \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{June}}%
- \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{July}}%
- \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{August}}%
- \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
- \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{October}}%
- \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
- \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{December}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{May}}%
- \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{June}}%
- \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{July}}%
- \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sept##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oct##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dec##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
- \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
- \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editor}}%
- \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Eds##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editors}}%
- \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
- \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{No##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Number}}%
- \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edition}}%
- \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ch##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Chapter}}%
- \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Page}}%
- \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pp##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pages}}%
- \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tech.\ Rep##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technical Report}}%
- \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, visited on ##1}}%
- \def\btxfnamespaceshort{}%
- \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
- \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralenglish{#1}{##1}}%
- \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralenglish{#1}{##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
- \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added language names}%
-% Names of all known languages in the current language.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifbbbblanguagenames
- \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{english}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portuguese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portuguese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{english}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgarian}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{english}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catalan}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croatian}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{czech}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{danish}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dutch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{english}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finnish}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{greek}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebrew}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hungarian}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{icelandic}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irish}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italian}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latin}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norwegian}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{new-norwegian}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polish}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portuguese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portuguese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russian}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{scottish}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbian}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spanish}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{swedish}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turkish}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{english}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{english}}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Copy the commands to the other languages.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsamerican{\bibsenglish[american]}
-\newcommand\bibsbritish{\bibsenglish[british]}
-\newcommand\bibscanadian{\bibsenglish[canadian]}
-\newcommand\bibsUKenglish{\bibsenglish[UKenglish]}
-\newcommand\bibsUSenglish{\bibsenglish[USenglish]}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \else
- \bbbbaddto{american}{bibsamerican}
- \bbbbaddto{british}{bibsbritish}
- \bbbbaddto{canadian}{bibscanadian}
- \bbbbaddto{english}{bibsenglish}
- \bbbbaddto{UKenglish}{bibsUKenglish}
- \bbbbaddto{USenglish}{bibsUSenglish}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Move change of case from bst to sty}%
-% Switch on the change of case in titles for all English dialects by
-% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \bbbbaddto{american}{btxifchangecaseon}
- \bbbbaddto{british}{btxifchangecaseon}
- \bbbbaddto{canadian}{btxifchangecaseon}
- \bbbbaddto{english}{btxifchangecaseon}
- \bbbbaddto{UKenglish}{btxifchangecaseon}
- \bbbbaddto{USenglish}{btxifchangecaseon}
-}
-%</english>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Italian}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*italian>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsitalian}
-% Bibliographic commands for Italian.
-% \changes{0.33}{2003/05/22}{Changed some Italian keywords according
-% to the custom-bib file italian.mbs}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsitalian[1][italian]{%
- \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
- \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
- \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
- \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{e}}%
- \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{e}}%
- \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
- \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
- \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
- \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{della serie}}%
- \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nella serie}}%
- \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{della serie}}%
- \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nella serie}}%
- \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cur##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{curatore}}%
- \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cur##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{curatori}}%
- \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
- \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volume}}%
- \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{no##1{}}}%
- \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{numero}}%
- \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edizione}}%
- \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap##1{}}}%
- \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{capitolo}}%
- \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pagina}}%
- \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pp##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pagine}}%
- \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tesi di laurea}}%
- \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tesi di dottorato}}%
- \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rapp.\ Tecnico}}%
- \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rapporto Tecnico}}%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gennaio}}%
- \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{febbraio}}%
- \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{marzo}}%
- \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{aprile}}%
- \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maggio}}%
- \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{giugno}}%
- \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{luglio}}%
- \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agosto}}%
- \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{settembre}}%
- \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ottobre}}%
- \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{novembre}}%
- \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dicembre}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gen##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{feb##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{apr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mag##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{giu##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lug##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ago##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{set##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ott##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nov##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dic##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nel}}%
- \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nel}}%
- \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cur##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Curatore}}%
- \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cur##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Curatori}}%
- \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
- \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{No##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Numero}}%
- \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edizione}}%
- \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Capitolo}}%
- \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pagina}}%
- \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pp##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pagine}}%
- \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rap.\ Tecnico}}%
- \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rapporto Tecnico}}%
- \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, accesso a ##1}}%
- \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
- \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
- \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
- \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
- \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added placeholders for language names}%
-% \changes{0.31}{2003/05/01}{Added some language names for Italian}%
-% Names of all known languages in the current language.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifbbbblanguagenames
- \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inglese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tedesco}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portoghese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portoghese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inglese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgaro}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inglese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catalano}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croato}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ceco}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{danese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{olandese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inglese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finlandese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tedesco}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tedesco}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{greco}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ebreo}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ungherese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islandese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irlandese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italiano}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latino}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tedesco}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tedesco}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norvegese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nuovo norvegese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polacco}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portoghese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portoghese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russo}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{scozzese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbo}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spagnolo}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{svedese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turco}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inglese}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inglese}}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \else
- \bbbbaddto{italian}{bibsitalian}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Move change of case from bst to sty}%
-% Switch off the change of case in titles for Italian by
-% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extrasitalian}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \bbbbaddto{italian}{btxifchangecaseoff}
-}
-%</italian>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Greek}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*greek>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The language definition for Greek was provided by Prokopis
-% Prokopidis.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsgreek}
-% Bibliographic commands for Greek.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsgreek[1][greek]{%
- \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
- \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{k.'a##1{}}}%
- \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kai 'alloi}}%
- \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kai}}%
- \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kai}}%
- \def\btxandcomma##1{,}%
- \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sto}}%
- \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sto}}%
- \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tou}}%
- \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sto}}%
- \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tou}}%
- \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sto}}%
- \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{epim##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{epimelht'hc}}%
- \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{epim##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{epimelht'ec}}%
- \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{t'om##1{}}}%
- \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{t'omoc}}%
- \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ar##1{}}}%
- \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{arijm'oc}}%
- \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{'ekd##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{'ekdosh}}%
- \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kef##1{}}}%
- \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kef'alaio}}%
- \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sel##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sel'ida}}%
- \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sel##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sel'idec}}%
- \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Metaptuqiak'h ergas'ia}}%
- \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Didaktorik'h diatrib'h}}%
- \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teqn.\ anaf##1{}}}%
- \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teqnik'h anafor'a}}%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ianou'arioc}}%
- \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Febrou'arioc}}%
- \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{M'artioc}}%
- \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr'ilioc}}%
- \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{M'aioc}}%
- \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Io'unioc}}%
- \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Io'ulioc}}%
- \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{A'ugoustoc}}%
- \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sept'embrioc}}%
- \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt'wbrioc}}%
- \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{No'embrioc}}%
- \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dek'embrioc}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ian##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{M'ar##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{M'ai}}%
- \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Io'un##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Io'ul##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{A'ug##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sept##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{No'e##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dek##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sto}}%
- \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sto}}%
- \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Epim##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Epimelht'hc}}%
- \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Epim##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Epimelht'ec}}%
- \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{T'om##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{T'omoc}}%
- \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ar##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Arijm'oc}}%
- \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{'Ekd##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{'Ekdosh}}%
- \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kef##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kef'alaio}}%
- \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sel##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sel'ida}}%
- \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sel##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sel'idec}}%
- \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teqn.\ Anaf##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teqnik'h Anafor'a}}%
- \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, ep'iskeyh thn ##1}}%
- \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
- \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
- \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
- \ifnumber{##1}{##1h}{##1}}}%
- \def\btxnumerallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\ifnumber{##1}{%
- \ifcase##1 ##1h\or pr'wth\or de'uterh\or tr'ith\or t'etarth%
- \or p'empth\or 'ekth\or 'ebdomh\or 'ogdoh\or 'enath\else ##1h\fi
- }{##1}}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
- \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Names of all known languages in the current language.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifbbbblanguagenames
- \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agglik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germanik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portogalik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portogalik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agglik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{boulgarik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agglik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gallik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalanik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroatik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tseqik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{danik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ollandik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agglik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finlandik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gallik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gallik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gallik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germanik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germanik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ellhnik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ebra"ik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ouggrik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islandik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irlandik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latinik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germanik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germanik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norbhgik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n'ea norbhgik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polwnik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portogalik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portogalik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{rwsik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skwts'ezika}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ispanik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{souhdik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tourkik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agglik'a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agglik'a}}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \else
- \bbbbaddto{greek}{bibsgreek}
- \fi
- \bbbbaddto{greek}{btxifchangecaseoff}
-}
-%</greek>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Norwegian}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*norsk>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The language definition for Norwegian was provided by Hans Fredrik
-% Nordhaug.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsnorsk}
-% Bibliographic commands for Norsk.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsnorsk[1][norsk]{%
- \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
- \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
- \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
- \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{og}}%
- \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{og}}%
- \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
- \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
- \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
- \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{av}}%
- \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
- \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{av}}%
- \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
- \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakt\o r}}%
- \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakt\o rer}}%
- \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bd##1{}}}%
- \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bind}}%
- \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nummer}}%
- \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{utg##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{utgave}}%
- \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kap##1{}}}%
- \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kapittel}}%
- \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{side}}%
- \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sider}}%
- \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Masteroppgave}}%
- \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{PhD-avhandling}}%
- \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
- \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{teknisk rapport}}%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januar}}%
- \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februar}}%
- \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mars}}%
- \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
- \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mai}}%
- \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juni}}%
- \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juli}}%
- \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{August}}%
- \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
- \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktober}}%
- \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
- \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Desember}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mai}}%
- \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Des##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{I}}%
- \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{I}}%
- \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakt\o r}}%
- \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakt\o rer}}%
- \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bd##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bind}}%
- \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nr##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nummer}}%
- \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Utg##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Utgave}}%
- \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kap##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kapittel}}%
- \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{S##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Side}}%
- \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{S##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sider}}%
- \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teknisk rapport}}%
- \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, sjekket: ##1}}%
- \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
- \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
- \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
- \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
- \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Names of all known languages in the current language.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifbbbblanguagenames
- \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgarsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalansk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroatisk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tsjekkisk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dansk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nederlandsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gr\ae sk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebraisk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ungarsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islandsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italiensk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latinsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nynorsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russisk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skotsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbisk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spansk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{svensk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyrkisk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
- \fi
-}
-\newcommand\bibsnorwegian{\bibsnorsk}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \else
- \bbbbaddto{norsk}{bibsnorsk}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Switch off the change of case in titles for Norsk by
-% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extrasnorsk}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \bbbbaddto{norsk}{btxifchangecaseoff}
-}
-%</norsk>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{French}
-% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Added French language}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*french>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsfrench}
-% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Handle package \texttt{frenchpro}}%
-% |french.sty| already defines \cs{bibsfrench}.
-% In this case it has to be redefined, otherwise newly defined.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\makeatletter
-\@ifpackageloaded{french}{}{\newcommand\bibsfrench{}}
-\makeatother
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Bibliographic commands for French.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand\bibsfrench[1][french]{%
- \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
- \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
- \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
- \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et}}%
- \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et}}%
- \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
- \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dans}}%
- \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dans}}%
- \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
- \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dans}}%
- \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
- \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dans}}%
- \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{r\'ed##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{r\'edacteur}}%
- \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{r\'eds##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{r\'edacteurs}}%
- \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{t##1{}}}%
- \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tome}}%
- \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
- n\textsuperscript{o}\kern.2em\relax{}}}%
- \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{num\'ero}}%
- \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\'ed##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\'edition}}%
- \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{chap##1{}}}%
- \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{chapitre}}%
- \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{page}}%
- \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pages}}%
- \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{M\'emoire de ma\^itrise}}%
- \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Th\`ese de doctorat}}%
- \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{rap.\ tech##1{}}}%
- \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{rapport technique}}%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{janvier}}%
- \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{f\'evrier}}%
- \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mars}}%
- \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{avril}}%
- \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mai}}%
- \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juin}}%
- \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juillet}}%
- \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ao\^ut}}%
- \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{septembre}}%
- \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{octobre}}%
- \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{novembre}}%
- \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{d\'ecembre}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jan##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{f\'ev##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{avr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mai}}%
- \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juin}}%
- \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juil##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ao\^ut}}%
- \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sept##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{oct##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nov##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{d\'ec##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dans}}%
- \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dans}}%
- \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{R\'ed##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{R\'edacteur}}%
- \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{R\'eds##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{R\'edacteurs}}%
- \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{T##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tome}}%
- \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
- N\textsuperscript{o}\kern.2em\relax}}%
- \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Num\'ero}}%
- \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\'Ed##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\'Edition}}%
- \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Chap##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Chapitre}}%
- \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Page}}%
- \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pages}}%
- \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rap. tech##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rapport technique}}%
- \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, visit\'e le ##1}}%
- \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
- \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
- \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfrench{#1}{##1}}%
- \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfrench{#1}{##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
- \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Names of all known languages in the current language.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifbbbblanguagenames
- \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglais}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{allemand}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugais}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugais}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglais}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgare}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglais}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fran\c{c}ais}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catalan}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croate}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tch\`eque}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{danois}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n\'eerlandais}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglais}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finnois}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fran\c{c}ais}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fran\c{c}ais}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fran\c{c}ais}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{allemand}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{allemand}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{grec}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{h\'ebreu}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hongrois}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islandais}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irlandais}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italien}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latin}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{allemand}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{allemand}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norv\'egien}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nouveau
- norv\'egien}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polonais}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugais}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugais}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russe}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\'ecossais}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbe}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{espagnol}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{su\'edois}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turc}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglais}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglais}}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Copy the commands to the other languages.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsfrancais{\bibsfrench[francais]}
-\newcommand\bibsfrenchb{\bibsfrench[frenchb]}
-\newcommand\bibscanadien{\bibsfrench[canadien]}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \else
- \bbbbaddto{francais}{bibsfrancais}
- \bbbbaddto{french}{bibsfrench}
- \bbbbaddto{frenchb}{bibsfrenchb}
- \bbbbaddto{canadien}{bibscanadien}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Switch on the change of case in titles for all French dialects by
-% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \bbbbaddto{francais}{btxifchangecaseoff}
- \bbbbaddto{french}{btxifchangecaseoff}
- \bbbbaddto{frenchb}{btxifchangecaseoff}
- \bbbbaddto{canadien}{btxifchangecaseoff}
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macro}{\btxnumeralfrench}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\makeatletter
-\DeclareRobustCommand\btxnumeralfrench[2]{%
- \foreignlanguage{#1}{%
- \ifnumber{#2}{%
- \expandafter\btx@parsenum#2\@empty\@empty\@empty
- \btxnumeralfont{%
- \ifx\btx@digitb\@empty
- \ifcase\btx@digita \ieme\or \iere\else \ieme\fi
- \else
- \ifnum\btx@digita=1
- th%
- \else
- \ifcase\btx@digitb \ieme\or \iere\else \ieme\fi
- \fi
- \fi
- }%
- }{#2}%
- }%
-}
-\makeatother
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \changes{0.43}{2004/01/06}{Warn if using \texttt{french} language}%
-% \changes{0.44}{2004/01/06}{Only warn if babel version is too old}%
-% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Remove warning for old babel package with
-% \texttt{french} language}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</french>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Russian}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*russian>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsrussian}
-% Bibliographic commands for Russian.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsrussian[1][russian]{%
- \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
- \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri }~\IeC
- {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyrr }.##1{}}}%
- \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri }~\IeC
- {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyru }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyre }}}%
- \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri }}}%
- \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri }}}%
- \def\btxandcomma##1{,}%
- \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrv }}}%
- \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrv }}}%
- \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri
- }\IeC {\cyrz }}}%
- \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrv }}}%
- \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri
- }\IeC {\cyrz }}}%
- \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrv }}}%
- \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrr
- }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }.##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC
- {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC
- {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }}}%
- \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrr
- }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }.##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrr
- }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyrt
- }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrery }}}%
- \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrt }.##1{}}}%
- \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC
- {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrm }}}%
- \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
- n\textsuperscript{\underline{o}}}}%
- \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC
- {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrm }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrr }}}%
- \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrr
- }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }.##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrr
- }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyrc
- }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrya }}}%
- \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrg
- }\IeC {\cyrl }.##1{}}}%
- \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrg
- }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyra }}}%
- \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC
- {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrr }.##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC
- {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyrc }\IeC {\cyra }}}%
- \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC
- {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrr }.##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC
- {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyrc }\IeC {\cyrery }}}%
- \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRD }\IeC
- {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrp }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrm }
- \IeC {\cyrm }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrs
- }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }}}%
- \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRK }\IeC
- {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC
- {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC
- {\cyrya } \IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrs
- }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrc
- }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrya }}}%
- \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrt
- }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrh }.\ \IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC
- {\cyrch }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrt }##1{}}}%
- \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrt
- }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrh }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyrch }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri
- }\IeC {\cyrishrt } \IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrch }\IeC
- {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrt }}}%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrya
- }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC
- {\cyrsftsn }}}%
- \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrf }\IeC
- {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC
- {\cyrsftsn }}}%
- \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrm }\IeC
- {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrt }}}%
- \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyra }\IeC
- {\cyrp }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrsftsn
- }}}%
- \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrm }\IeC
- {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyryu }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }}}%
- \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyryu }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }}}%
- \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyra }\IeC
- {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyru }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrt }}}%
- \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC
- {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrya }\IeC {\cyrb
- }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }}}%
- \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyro }\IeC
- {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrya }\IeC {\cyrb }\IeC {\cyrr
- }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }}}%
- \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC
- {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrya }\IeC {\cyrb }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrsftsn
- }}}%
- \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC
- {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrb }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC
- {\cyrsftsn }}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrya
- }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrv }.##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrf
- }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrv }.##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrm
- }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrr }.##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyra
- }\IeC {\cyrp }\IeC {\cyrr }.##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrm
- }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri
- }\IeC {\cyryu }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri
- }\IeC {\cyryu }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyra
- }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyrg }.##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrs
- }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrn }.##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyro
- }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyrt }.##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrn
- }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrya }.##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrd
- }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrk }.##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRV }}}%
- \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRV }}}%
- \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRR
- }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }.##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRR }\IeC
- {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC
- {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }}}%
- \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRR
- }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }.##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRR
- }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyrt
- }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrery }}}%
- \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRT }.##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRT }\IeC
- {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrm }}}%
- \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
- N\textsuperscript{\underline{o}}}}%
- \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRN }\IeC
- {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrm }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrr }}}%
- \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRR
- }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }.##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRR
- }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyrc
- }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrya }}}%
- \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRG
- }\IeC {\cyrl }.##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRG
- }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyra }}}%
- \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRS }\IeC
- {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrr }.##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRS }\IeC
- {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyrc }\IeC {\cyra }}}%
- \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRS }\IeC
- {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrr }.##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRS }\IeC
- {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyrc }\IeC {\cyrery }}}%
- \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRT
- }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrh }.\ \IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC
- {\cyrch }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrt }##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\CYRT
- }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrh }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyrch }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri
- }\IeC {\cyrishrt } \IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrch }\IeC
- {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrt }}}%
- \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, \IeC {\cyrp
- }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrshch }\IeC
- {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyro } ##1}}%
- \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
- \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
- \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
- \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
- \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
- \ifbbbblanguagenames
- \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyri
- }\IeC {\cyrishrt }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrr
- }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC
- {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrp }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyru
- }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }\IeC
- {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrp }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyru
- }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }\IeC
- {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyri
- }\IeC {\cyrishrt }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrb }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyra
- }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyri
- }\IeC {\cyrishrt }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrf }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrc
- }\IeC {\cyru }\IeC {\cyrz }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC
- {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrl
- }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC
- {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrh }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyra
- }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrch }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrsh }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk
- }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk
- }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrg
- }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC
- {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri
- }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyri
- }\IeC {\cyrishrt }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrerev }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrp }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrr
- }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyro }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrf }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk
- }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefranceis{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrf }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrc
- }\IeC {\cyru }\IeC {\cyrz }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC
- {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrf }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrc
- }\IeC {\cyru }\IeC {\cyrz }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC
- {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrf }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrc
- }\IeC {\cyru }\IeC {\cyrz }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC
- {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrm }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrc
- }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrm }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrc
- }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrg
- }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrch }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC
- {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrishrt
- }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyre
- }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn
- }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyri
- }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC
- {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt
- }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrsftsn
- }\IeC {\cyrya }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC
- {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrl
- }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC
- {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrm }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrc
- }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrm }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrc
- }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC {\cyrn
- }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC
- {\cyrzh }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrn
- }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC
- {\cyrzh }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrp }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }\IeC {\cyrs
- }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrp }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyru
- }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }\IeC
- {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrp }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyru
- }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyrsftsn }\IeC
- {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyru }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk
- }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrsh }\IeC {\cyro }\IeC {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyra
- }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC
- {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyrb }\IeC {\cyrs
- }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrp }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn
- }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrsh }\IeC {\cyrv }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrd }\IeC {\cyrs
- }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyrt }\IeC {\cyru }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyre }\IeC {\cyrc
- }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameukrainian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyru }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyrr }\IeC {\cyra }\IeC {\cyri
- }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyri
- }\IeC {\cyrishrt }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\IeC
- {\cyra }\IeC {\cyrn }\IeC {\cyrg }\IeC {\cyrl }\IeC {\cyri
- }\IeC {\cyrishrt }\IeC {\cyrs }\IeC {\cyrk }\IeC {\cyri }\IeC
- {\cyrishrt }}}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Copy the commands to the other languages.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsrussianb{\bibsrussian[russianb]}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \else
- \bbbbaddto{russianb}{bibrussianb}
- \bbbbaddto{russian}{bibsrussian}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Switch off the change of case in titles for all Russian dialects by
-% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \bbbbaddto{russianb}{btxifchangecaseoff}
- \bbbbaddto{russian}{btxifchangecaseoff}
-}
-%</russian>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Spanish}
-% \changes{0.33}{2003/05/22}{Added Spanish language}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*spanish>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The language definition for Spanish was provided by V{\'\i}ctor
-% Lua{\~n}a and slightly changed by me according to |spanish.mbs|
-% (custom-bib package).
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsspanish}
-% Bibliographic commands for Spanish.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsspanish[1][spanish]{%
- \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
- \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{y~cols##1{}}}%
- \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{y~colaboradores}}%
- \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{y}}%
- \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{y}}%
- \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
- \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
- \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
- \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
- \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
- \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
- \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
- \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editor}}%
- \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{eds##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editores}}%
- \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
- \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volumen}}%
- \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
- n\textsuperscript{\underline{o}}}}%
- \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n\'umero}}%
- \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edici{\'o}n}}%
- \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap##1{}}}%
- \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap{\'\i}tulo}}%
- \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'ag##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'agina}}%
- \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'ags##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'aginas}}%
- \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tesis de Licenciatura}}%
- \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tesis de Doctorado}}%
- \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Informe t\'ecnico##1{}}}%
- \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Informe t\'ecnico}}%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Enero}}%
- \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Febrero}}%
- \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Marzo}}%
- \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Abril}}%
- \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mayo}}%
- \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Junio}}%
- \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Julio}}%
- \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Agosto}}%
- \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Septiembre}}%
- \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Octubre}}%
- \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Noviembre}}%
- \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Diciembre}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ene##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Abr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{May}}%
- \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun}}%
- \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul}}%
- \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ago##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oct##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dic##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{En}}%
- \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{En}}%
- \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editor}}%
- \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editores}}%
- \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volumen}}%
- \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
- N\textsuperscript{\underline{o}}}}%
- \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{N\'umero}}%
- \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edici\'on}}%
- \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap\'\itulo}}%
- \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'ag##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'agina}}%
- \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'ags##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'aginas}}%
- \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Informe t\'ecnico}}%
- \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Informe t\'ecnico}}%
- \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, visitado el ##1}}%
- \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
- \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
- \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
- \ifnumber{##1}{##1\textsuperscript{\underline a}}{##1}}}%
-% \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\ifnumber{##1}{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
-% ##1\ifcase##1 \ieme\or \iere\else \ieme\fi}}{##1}}%
- \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralshort{#1}{##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
- \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
- \ifbbbblanguagenames
- \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{b\'ulgaro}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catalan}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croata}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{checo}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dan\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{holand\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finland\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{griego}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebreo}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{h\'ungaro}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{island\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irland\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italiano}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lat\'\i n}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noruego}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noruego}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polaco}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ruso}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{escoc\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbio}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{espa\~nol}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sueco}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turco}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Copy the commands to the other languages.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsmexican[1][mexican]{%
- \bibsspanish[mexican]%
- \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tesis de Maestr{\'\i}a}}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \else
- \bbbbaddto{spanish}{bibsspanish}
- \bbbbaddto{mexican}{bibsmexican}
- \fi
- \bbbbaddto{spanish}{btxifchangecaseoff}
- \bbbbaddto{mexican}{btxifchangecaseoff}
-}
-%</spanish>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Danish}
-% \changes{0.33}{2003/05/22}{Added Danish language}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*danish>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsdanish}
-% Bibliographic commands for Danish.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsdanish[1][danish]{%
- \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
- \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
- \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
- \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{og}}%
- \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{og}}%
- \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
- \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
- \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
- \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{af}}%
- \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
- \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{af}}%
- \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
- \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakt\o r}}%
- \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakt\o rer}}%
- \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bd##1{}}}%
- \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bind}}%
- \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nummer}}%
- \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{udg##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{udgave}}%
- \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kap##1{}}}%
- \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kapitel}}%
- \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{side}}%
- \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pp##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sider}}%
- \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Speciale}}%
- \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ph.d.-afhandling}}%
- \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
- \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teknisk rapport}}%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januar}}%
- \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februar}}%
- \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Marts}}%
- \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
- \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maj}}%
- \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juni}}%
- \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juli}}%
- \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{August}}%
- \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
- \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktober}}%
- \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
- \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{December}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maj}}%
- \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dec##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{I}}%
- \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{I}}%
- \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakt\o r}}%
- \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakt\o rer}}%
- \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bd##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bind}}%
- \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nr##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nummer}}%
- \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Udg##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Udgave}}%
- \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kap##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kapitel}}%
- \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{S##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Side}}%
- \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pp##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sider}}%
- \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teknisk rapport}}%
- \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, bes\o gt den ##1}}%
- \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
- \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
- \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
- \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
- \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
- \ifbbbblanguagenames
- \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgarsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalansk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroatisk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tjekkisk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dansk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nederlandsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gr\ae sk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebraisk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ungarsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islandsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italiensk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latinsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nynorsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russisk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skotsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbisk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spansk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{svensk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyrkisk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \else
- \bbbbaddto{danish}{bibsdanish}
- \fi
- \bbbbaddto{danish}{btxifchangecaseoff}
-}
-%</danish>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Finnish}
-% \changes{0.45}{2004/04/21}{Added Finnish language}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*finnish>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsfinnish}
-% Bibliographic commands for Finnish.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsfinnish[1][finnish]{%
- \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
- \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
- \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
- \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ja}}%
- \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ja}}%
- \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
- \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{teoksessa}}%
- \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{teoksessa}}%
- \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sarjassa}}%
- \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sarjassa}}%
- \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sarjassa}}%
- \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sarjassa}}%
- \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{toim##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{toimittaja}}%
- \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{toim##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{toimittajat}}%
- \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nide}}%
- \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nide}}%
- \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nro##1{}}}%
- \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{numero}}%
- \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{painos}}%
- \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{l##1{}}}%
- \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{luku}}%
- \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sivu}}%
- \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ss##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sivut}}%
- \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pro Gradu -ty\"o}}%
- \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{v\"ait\"oskirja}}%
- \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
- \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tekninen raportti}}%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tammikuu}}%
- \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{helmikuu}}%
- \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maaliskuu}}%
- \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{huhtikuu}}%
- \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{toukokuu}}%
- \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kes\"akuu}}%
- \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hein\"akuu}}%
- \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{elokuu}}%
- \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{syyskuu}}%
- \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lokakuu}}%
- \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{marraskuu}}%
- \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{joulukuu}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tam##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hel##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maa##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{huh##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tou##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kes##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hei##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{elo##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{syy##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lok##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jou##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teoksessa}}%
- \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teoksessa}}%
- \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Toim##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Toimittaja}}%
- \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Toim##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Toimittajat}}%
- \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nide##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nide}}%
- \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nro##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Numero}}%
- \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Painos}}%
- \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{L##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Luku}}%
- \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{S##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sivu}}%
- \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ss##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sivut}}%
- \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekninen raportti}}%
- \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, vierailtu ##1}}%
- \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
- \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
- \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
- \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
- \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
- \ifbbbblanguagenames
- \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englanti}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{saksa}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugali}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugali}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englanti}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgaria}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englanti}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ranska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalaani}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroaati}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tsekki}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tanska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hollanti}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englanti}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{suomi}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ranska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ranska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ranska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{saksa}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{saksa}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kreikka}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{heprea}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{unkari}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islanti}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{iiri}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italia}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latina}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{saksa}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{saksa}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norja}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{uusnorja}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{puola}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugali}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugali}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ven\"j\"a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skotti}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbi}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{espanja}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ruotsi}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turkki}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englanti}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englanti}}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \else
- \bbbbaddto{finnish}{bibsfinnish}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Switch off the change of case in titles by appending
-% \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \bbbbaddto{finnish}{btxifchangecaseoff}
-}
-%</finnish>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Esperanto}
-% \changes{0.45}{2004/04/21}{Added Esperanto language}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*esperanto>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsesperanto}
-% Bibliographic commands for Esperanto.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsesperanto[1][esperanto]{%
- \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
- \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{k~al##1{}}}%
- \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kaj~aliaj}}%
- \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{k}}%
- \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kaj}}%
- \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
- \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
- \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
- \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
- \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
- \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
- \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
- \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redaktoro}}%
- \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red-oj##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redaktoroj}}%
- \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
- \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volumo}}%
- \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{no##1{}}}%
- \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nombro}}%
- \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakcio}}%
- \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^c##1{}}}%
- \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^capitro}}%
- \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pa\^go}}%
- \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pp##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pa\^goj}}%
- \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{magistra disertacio}}%
- \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{doktora disertacio}}%
- \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
- \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teknika raporto}}%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januaro}}%
- \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februaro}}%
- \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Marco}}%
- \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aprilo}}%
- \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Majo}}%
- \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Junio}}%
- \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Julio}}%
- \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{A\u{u}gusto}}%
- \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Septembro}}%
- \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktobro}}%
- \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Novembro}}%
- \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Decembro}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maj##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sept##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dec##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{En}}%
- \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{En}}%
- \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redaktoro}}%
- \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redaktoroj}}%
- \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volumo}}%
- \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{No##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nombro}}%
- \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakcio}}%
- \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^C##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^Capitro}}%
- \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pa\^go}}%
- \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pp##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pa\^goj}}%
- \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekn.\ Rap##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teknika Raporto}}%
-% \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, ?? ##1}}%
- \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\PackageError{babelbib}{Comment for
- urldate in Esperanto undefined. Please send the translation for
- 'visited on' to harald.harders@tu-bs.de}{} [##1]}%
- \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
- \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
- \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
- \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
- \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
- \ifbbbblanguagenames
- \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angla}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germana}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugala}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugala}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angla}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgara}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angla}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franca}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalana}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroata}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^ce\^ha}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dana}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nederlanda}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angla}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finna}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franca}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franca}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franca}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germana}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germana}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{greka}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebrea}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hungara}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islanda}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irlanda}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{itala}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latino}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germana}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germana}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norvega}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nov-norvega}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pola}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugala}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugala}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{rusa}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skota}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serba}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hispana}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sveda}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turka}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angla}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angla}}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \else
- \bbbbaddto{esperanto}{bibsesperanto}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Switch off the change of case in titles by appending
-% \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \bbbbaddto{esperanto}{btxifchangecaseoff}
-}
-%</esperanto>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Portuguese}
-% \changes{0.33}{2003/05/22}{Added Portuguese language}%
-% \changes{1.02}{2005/04/15}{Language Portuguese completed}%
-% \changes{1.10}{2005/04/24}{Bug in Portuguese removed}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*portuguese>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsportuguese}
-% Bibliographic commands for Portuguese.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsportuguese[1][portuguese]{%
- \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
- \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
- \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
- \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{e}}%
- \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{e}}%
- \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
- \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
- \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
- \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
- \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
- \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
- \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
- \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editor}}%
- \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{eds##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editores}}%
- \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
- \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volume}}%
- \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
- n\textsuperscript{\underline{o}}}}%
- \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n\'umero}}%
- \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edi\c c\~ao}}%
- \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap##1{}}}%
- \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap\'\i tulo}}%
- \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'ag##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'agina}}%
- \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'ags##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'aginas}}%
- \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tese de Mestrado}}%
- \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tese de Doutoramento}}%
- \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rel.\ T\'ec##1{}}}%
- \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Relat\'orio T\'ecnico}}%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Janeiro}}%
- \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Fevereiro}}%
- \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar\c co}}%
- \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Abril}}%
- \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maio}}%
- \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Junho}}%
- \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Julho}}%
- \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Agosto}}%
- \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Setembro}}%
- \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Outubro}}%
- \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Novembro}}%
- \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dezembro}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Fev##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Abr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maio}}%
- \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ago##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Set##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Out##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dez##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
- \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
- \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editor}}%
- \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Eds##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editores}}%
- \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
- \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
- N\textsuperscript{\underline{o}}}}%
- \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{N\'umero}}%
- \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edi\c c\~ao}}%
- \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap\'{\i}tulo}}%
- \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'ag##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'agina}}%
- \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'ags##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'aginas}}%
- \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rel.\ T\'ec##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Relat\'orio T\'ecnico}}%
- \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, acedido em ##1}}%
- \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
- \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
- \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
- \ifnumber{##1}{##1\textsuperscript{\underline a}}{##1}}}%
- \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralshort{##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
- \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
- \ifbbbblanguagenames
- \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\~ao}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{b\'ulgaro}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catal\~ao}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croata}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{checo}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dinamarqu\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{holand\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finland\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefranceis{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\alem\~ao}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\alem\~ao}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{grego}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebreu}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{h\'ungaro}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{island\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irland\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italiano}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latim}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\alem\~ao}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\alem\~ao}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noruegu\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{neo-noruegu\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polaco}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russio}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{escoc\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s\'ervio}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{espanhol}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sueco}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turco}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\^es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\^es}}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Copy the commands to the other languages.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsportuges[1][portuges]{\bibsportuguese[#1]}
-\newcommand\bibsbrazil[1][brazil]{\bibsbrazilian[#1]}
-\newcommand\bibsbrazilian[1][brazilian]{%
- \bibsportuguese[#1]%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{janeiro}}%
- \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fevereiro}}%
- \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar\c co}}%
- \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{abril}}%
- \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maio}}%
- \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{junho}}%
- \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{julho}}%
- \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agosto}}%
- \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{setembro}}%
- \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{outubro}}%
- \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{novembro}}%
- \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dezembro}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jan##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fev##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{abr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mai##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jun##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jul##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ago##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{set##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{out##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nov##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dez##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pp##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pp##1{}}}%
- \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, acesso em ##1}}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \else
- \bbbbaddto{brazil}{bibsbrazil}
- \bbbbaddto{brazilian}{bibsbrazilian}
- \bbbbaddto{portuges}{bibsportuges}
- \bbbbaddto{portuguese}{bibsportuguese}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Switch off the change of case in titles for all Portuguese dialects by
-% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \bbbbaddto{brazil}{btxifchangecaseoff}
- \bbbbaddto{brazilian}{btxifchangecaseoff}
- \bbbbaddto{portuges}{btxifchangecaseoff}
- \bbbbaddto{portuguese}{btxifchangecaseoff}
-}
-%</portuguese>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Dutch}
-% \changes{0.33}{2003/05/22}{Added Dutch language}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*dutch>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsdutch}
-% Bibliographic commands for Dutch.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsdutch[1][dutch]{%
- \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
- \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
- \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en anderen}}%
- \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
- \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
- \def\btxandcomma##1{,}%
- \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
- \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
- \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{van}}%
- \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
- \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{van}}%
- \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
- \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redactie}}%
- \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redactie}}%
- \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
- \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volume}}%
- \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nummer}}%
- \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{druk}}%
- \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{uitgave}}%
- \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hfdst##1{}}}%
- \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hoofdstuk}}%
- \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pag##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pagina}}%
- \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pag##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pagina's}}%
- \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{scriptie}}%
- \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{proefschrift}}%
- \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tech.\ Rapp##1{}}}%
- \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technisch Rapport}}%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januari}}%
- \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februari}}%
- \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maart}}%
- \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
- \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mei}}%
- \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juni}}%
- \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juli}}%
- \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Augustus}}%
- \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
- \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktober}}%
- \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
- \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{December}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mrt}}%
- \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mei}}%
- \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dec##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
- \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
- \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redactie}}%
- \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redactie}}%
- \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
- \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nr##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nummer}}%
- \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Druk}}%
- \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Uitgave}}%
- \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hfdst##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hoofdstuk}}%
- \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pag##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pagina}}%
- \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pags##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pagina's}}%
- \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tech.\ Rapp##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technisch Rapport}}%
- \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, bezocht op ##1}}%
- \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
- \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
- \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
- \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
- \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
- \ifbbbblanguagenames
- \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgarian}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catalan}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croatian}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{czech}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{d\"anisch}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dutch}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finnish}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{greek}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebrew}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hungarian}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{icelandic}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irish}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italian}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latin}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norwegian}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{new-norwegian}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polish}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russian}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{scottish}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbian}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spanish}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{swedish}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turkish}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \else
- \bbbbaddto{dutch}{bibsdutch}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Switch on the change of case in titles for all Dutch dialects by
-% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \bbbbaddto{dutch}{btxifchangecaseoff}
-}
-%</dutch>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Swedish}
-% \changes{0.33}{2003/05/22}{Added Swedish language}%
-% \changes{0.41}{2003/11/03}{Corrected swedish (by Hans Fredrik Nordhaug)}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*swedish>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The language definition for Swedish was provided by Hans Fredrik
-% Nordhaug.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsswedish}
-% Bibliographic commands for Swedish.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsswedish[1][swedish]{%
- \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
- \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
- \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
- \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{och}}%
- \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{och}}%
- \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
- \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
- \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
- \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{av}}%
- \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
- \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{av}}%
- \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
- \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakt\"or}}%
- \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakt\"orer}}%
- \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
- \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volym}}%
- \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nummer}}%
- \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{utg}}%
- \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{utg\aa va}}%
- \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kap##1{}}}%
- \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kapitel}}%
- \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sida}}%
- \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sidor}}%
- \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{scriptie}}%
- \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{proefschrift}}%
- \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tech.\ Rapp##1{}}}%
- \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technisch Rapport}}%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januari}}%
- \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februari}}%
- \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mars}}%
- \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
- \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maj}}%
- \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juni}}%
- \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juli}}%
- \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Augusti}}%
- \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
- \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktober}}%
- \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
- \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{December}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar}}%
- \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maj}}%
- \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dec##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{I}}%
- \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{I}}%
- \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redactie}}%
- \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redactie}}%
- \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
- \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nr##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nummer}}%
- \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Druk}}%
- \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Utgave}}%
- \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hfdst##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hoofdstuk}}%
- \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pag##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pagina}}%
- \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pags##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pagina's}}%
- \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tech.\ Rapp##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technisch Rapport}}%
-% \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, ?? ##1}}%
- \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\PackageError{babelbib}{Comment for
- urldate in Swedish undefined. Please send the translation for
- 'visited on' to harald.harders@tu-bs.de}{} [##1]}%
- \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
- \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
- \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
- \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
- \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
- \ifbbbblanguagenames
- \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisiska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisiska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgariska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalanska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroatiska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tjeckiska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{danska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nederl\"andska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{grekiska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebreiska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ungerska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{isl\"andska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{iriska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italienska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latin}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nynorska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisiska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisiska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ryska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skotsks}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbiska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spanska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{svenska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turkiska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelska}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelska}}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \else
- \bbbbaddto{swedish}{bibsswedish}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Switch on the change of case in titles for all Swedish dialects by
-% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \bbbbaddto{swedish}{btxifchangecaseoff}
-}
-%</swedish>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Afrikaans}
-% \changes{0.34}{2003/07/28}{Added Afrikaans language}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*afrikaans>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The language definition for Afrikaans was provided by Danie Els.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsafrikaans}
-% Bibliographic commands for Afrikaans.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibsafrikaans[1][afrikaans]{%
- \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
- \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
- \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
- \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
- \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
- \def\btxandcomma##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{}}%
- \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
- \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
- \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{van}}%
- \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
- \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{van}}%
- \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
- \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakteur}}%
- \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{reds##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakteurs}}%
- \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
- \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volume}}%
- \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{no##1{}}}%
- \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nommer}}%
- \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{uitg##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{uitgawe}}%
- \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hfst##1{}}}%
- \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hoofstuk}}%
- \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bladsy}}%
- \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pp##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bladsye}}%
- \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Meesters tesis}}%
- \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{PhD verhandeling}}%
- \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tegn.\ versl##1{}}}%
- \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tegniese verslag}}%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januarie}}%
- \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februarie}}%
- \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maart}}%
- \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
- \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mei}}%
- \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Junie}}%
- \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Julie}}%
- \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Augustus}}%
- \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
- \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktober}}%
- \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
- \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Desember}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mrt##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mei##1}}%
- \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun##1}}%
- \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul##1}}%
- \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Des##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
- \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
- \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakteur}}%
- \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Reds##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakteurs}}%
- \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
- \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{No##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nommer}}%
- \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Uitg##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Uitgawe}}%
- \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hfst##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hoofstuk}}%
- \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bladsy}}%
- \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pp##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bladsye}}%
- \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tegn.\ Verslag}}%
- \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tegniese Verslag}}%
-% \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, ?? ##1}}%
- \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\PackageError{babelbib}{Comment for
- urldate in Afrikaans undefined. Please send the translation for
- 'visited on' to harald.harders@tu-bs.de}{} [##1]}%
- \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
- \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
- \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
- \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
- \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
- \ifbbbblanguagenames
- \def\btxlanguagenameafrikaans{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{afrikaans}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{duits}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgaars}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{frans}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalaans}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroaties}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tsjeggies}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{deens}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nederlands}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fins}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{frans}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{frans}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{frans}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{duits}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{duits}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{grieks}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebreeus}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenhungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hongaars}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{yslands}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{iers}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italiaans}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenlatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latyn}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{duits}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{duits}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamennorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noors}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamennynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{neo-noors}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenpolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pools}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenrussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russies}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenscottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skots}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serwies}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenspanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spaans}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sweeds}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turks}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \else
- \bbbbaddto{afrikaans}{bibsafrikaans}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Switch on the change of case in titles for all Afrikaans dialects by
-% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \bbbbaddto{afrikaans}{btxifchangecaseoff}
-}
-%</afrikaans>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Bahasa}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*bahasa>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The language definition for Bahasa was provided by Yanti Yulianti.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsbahasa}
-% Bibliographic commands for Bahasa.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%%
-%% This is file `bahasa.bdf',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% babelbib.dtx (with options: `latex,bahasa')
-%%
-%% babelbib package
-%%
-%% Copyright 2003--2005 Harald Harders
-%%
-%% This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
-%% of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
-%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
-%% version 1 of the License, or any later version.
-%%
-%% h.harders@tu-bs.de
-%%
-\newcommand\bibsbahasa[1][bahasa]{%
- \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
- \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
- \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en~alii }}%
- \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dan}}%
- \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dan}}%
- \def\btxandcomma##1{,}%
- \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dalam}}%
- \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dalam}}%
- \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dari}}%
- \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dalam}}%
- \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dari}}%
- \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dalam}}%
- \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redaktur}}%
- \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redaktur}}%
- \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
- \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volume}}%
- \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nomor}}%
- \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edisi}}%
- \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edisi}}%
- \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bab##1{}}}%
- \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bab}}%
- \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hal##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{halaman}}%
- \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hal##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{halaman}}%
- \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tesis Master}}%
- \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{disertasi Dokotor}}%
- \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Lap.\ Rapp##1{}}}%
- \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Laporan}}%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januari}}%
- \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februari}}%
- \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maret}}%
- \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
- \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mei}}%
- \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juni}}%
- \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juli}}%
- \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Augustus}}%
- \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
- \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktober}}%
- \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
- \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Desember}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mrt}}%
- \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mei}}%
- \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Des##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dalam}}%
- \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dalam}}%
- \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redaktur}}%
- \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redaktur}}%
- \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
- \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nr##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nomor}}%
- \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed}}%
- \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edisi}}%
- \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bab##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bab}}%
- \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hal##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Halaman}}%
- \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hal##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Halaman}}%
- \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Lap.\ Rapp##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Laporan}}%
- \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, diambil tanggal ##1}}%
- \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
- \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
- \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
- \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
- \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
- \ifbbbblanguagenames
- \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inggris}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jerman}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugis}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugis}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inggris}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgaria}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inggris}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{prancis}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catalanya}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroasia}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ceko}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{denmark}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{belanda}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inggris}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spanyol}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finlandia}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{prancis}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{prancis}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{prancis}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jerman}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jerman}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{yunani}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{yahudi}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hungaria}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islandia}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irlandia}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italia}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latin}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jerman}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jerman}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norwegia}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norwegia baru}}%
- % \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polish}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugis}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugis}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russia}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skotlandia}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbia}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spanyol}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{swedia}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turki}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inggris}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inggris}}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \else
- \bbbbaddto{bahasa}{bibsbahasa}
- \fi
- \bbbbaddto{bahasa}{btxifchangecaseoff}
-}
-%</bahasa>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Catalan}
-% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Added Catalan language}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*catalan>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The language definition for Catalan was provided by
-% Robert Fuster, rfuster@imm.upv.es.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsafrikaans}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibscatalan[1][catalan]{%
- \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
- \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i~al##1{}}}%
- \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i~altres}}%
- \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
- \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
- \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
- \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dins}}%
- \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dins}}%
- \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dins}}%
- \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
- \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dins}}%
- \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editor}}%
- \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{eds##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editors}}%
- \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
- \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volum}}%
- \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n}}%
- \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n\'umero}}%
- \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
- \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edici{\'o}}}%
- \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap##1{}}}%
- \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap{\'\i}tol}}%
- \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\`agina}}%
- \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ps##1{}}}%
- \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\`agines}}%
- \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tesina de Llicenciatura}}%
- \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tesi de Doctorat}}%
- \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rep. t\`ecnic}}%
- \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Report t\`ecnic}}%
- \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gener}}%
- \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{febrer}}%
- \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar\c{c}}}%
- \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{abril}}%
- \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maig}}%
- \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juny}}%
- \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juliol}}%
- \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agost}}%
- \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{setembre}}%
- \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{octubre}}%
- \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{novembre}}%
- \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{desembre}}%
- \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gen##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{feb##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar\c{c}}}%
- \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{abr##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maig}}%
- \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juny}}%
- \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jul}}%
- \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ago##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sep##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{oct##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nov##1{}}}%
- \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dec##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dins}}%
- \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dins}}%
- \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editor}}%
- \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editors}}%
- \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volum}}%
- \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{N\'um}}%
- \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{N\'umero}}%
- \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edici\'o}}%
- \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap\'\itol}}%
- \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\`agina}}%
- \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
- \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\`agines}}%
- \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rep. t\`ecnic}}%
- \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Report t\`ecnic}}%
- \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{, visitada el ##1}}%
- \def\btxfnamespaceshort{\,}%
- \def\btxfnamespacelong{ }%
- \def\btxnumeralshort##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
- \def\btxnumerallong##1{\btxnumeralfallback{#1}{##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define how to print month and year in numeric format, e.\,g. MM/YYYY.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\btxprintmonthyearnum##1##2{##1/##2}%
- \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{{\protect\selectlanguage{#1}##1}}%
- \ifbbbblanguagenames
- \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angl\`es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\`any}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\`es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\`es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angl\'es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{b\'ulgar}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angl\`es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\`es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catal\`a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croat}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{txec}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dan\`es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{neerland\`es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angl\`es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finland\`es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\`es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\`es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\`es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\`any}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\`any}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{grec}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebreu}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hongar\`es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{island\`es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irland\`es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{itali\`a}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{llat\'\i}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\`any}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\`any}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noruec}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noruec}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polon\`es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\`es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\`es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{rus}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{escoc\`es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbi}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{espa\~nol}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{suec}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turc}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angl\`es}}%
- \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angl\`es}}%
- \fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \ifbbbbfixlanguage
- \else
- \bbbbaddto{catalan}{bibscatalan}
- \fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Switch on the change of case in titles for all Afrikaans dialects by
-% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \bbbbaddto{catalan}{btxifchangecaseoff}
-}
-%</catalan>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{\BibTeX\ style files}
-% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{Moved the \texttt{bst} files into the
-% global \texttt{dtx} file}%
-%
-% \subsection{``Normal'' \BibTeX\ style files}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Generic code}
-%
-% Because most parts of the \BibTeX\ style files are equal for all
-% styles, they are generated from the same source code.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*bststd>
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Declare the data fields that are handled by the \BibTeX\ styles.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-ENTRY
- { address
- annote
- annotelanguage
- author
- booktitle
- chapter
- edition
- editor
- howpublished
- institution
- isbn
- issn
- journal
- key
- language
- month
- note
- number
- organization
- pages
- publisher
- school
- series
- title
- type
- url
- urldate
- volume
- year
- }
- {}
-%</bststd>
-%<bststd&!bstalpha> { label }
-%<bststd&bstalpha> { label extra.label sort.label }
-%<*bststd>
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Declare integer variables.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-INTEGERS
- { output.state
- before.all
- mid.sentence
- after.sentence
- after.block
- before.title
- }
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Declare string variables.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-STRINGS
- { s
- t
- language.state
- change.temp
- isbn.command
- }
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Declare the constants that define at which position within a
-% citation we are when processing it.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
-{ #0 'before.all :=
- #1 'mid.sentence :=
- #2 'after.sentence :=
- #3 'after.block :=
- #4 'before.title :=
- "nostate" 'language.state :=
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Logical function |not|.
-%
-% Syntax: \meta{int1} |not| $\longrightarrow$ \meta{int2}.
-%
-% Returns |1| if \meta{arg1} != |0|, |0| otherwise.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {not}
-{ { #0 }
- { #1 }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Logical function |and|.
-% Syntax: \meta{arg1} \meta{arg1} |and|.
-% Returns |1| if \meta{arg1} == |true| and \meta{arg2} == |true|, |0|
-% otherwise.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {and}
-{ 'skip$
- { pop$ #0 }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Logical function |or|.
-% Syntax: \meta{arg1} \meta{arg1} |or|.
-% Returns |1| if \meta{arg1} == |true| or \meta{arg2} == |true|, |0|
-% otherwise.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {or}
-{ { pop$ #1 }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Function |language.change.case|.
-% Syntax: \meta{string1} \meta{string2} |language.change.case|
-% $\longrightarrow$ \meta{string3}
-% This function has the same syntax as |change.case$| but writes
-% \meta{string1} twice into \meta{string3}, first with changed case,
-% second with original case.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {language.change.case}
-{
- 'change.temp :=
- 't :=
- "\btxifchangecase {"
- t change.temp change.case$ *
- "}{" *
- t *
- "}" *
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Generates output for the string \meta{string1}.
-% Syntax: \meta{string1} |output.nonnull| $\longrightarrow$ \meta{string2}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
-{ 's :=
- output.state mid.sentence =
- { ", " * write$ }
- { output.state after.block =
- { add.period$ write$
- newline$
- "\newblock " write$
- }
- { output.state before.all =
- 'write$
- {
- output.state before.title =
- { "\btxauthorcolon\ " * write$ }
- { add.period$ " " * write$ }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- mid.sentence 'output.state :=
- }
- if$
- s
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Generates output if the given string \meta{string1} is not empty.
-% Syntax: \meta{string1} |output.nonnull| $\longrightarrow$ \meta{string2}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {output}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- 'pop$
- 'output.nonnull
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {output.check}
-{ 't :=
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
- 'output.nonnull
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Outputs a bibliography item.
-% \changes{1.17}{2005/11/05}{Change the language in alpha-numerical
-% bib items}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
-{ newline$
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{Switch to a fall-back language when
-% \texttt{language} field is missing}%
-% If no language is given, fall back to the language that has been
-% active at \cs{begin\{document\}} or to the given fall-back
-% language.
-% For \BibTeX, this language gets the name \texttt{nolanguage}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- language empty$
- {
- language.state "nolanguage" =
- 'skip$
- {
- "empty language in " cite$ * warning$
- "\expandafter\btxselectlanguage\expandafter {"
- "\btxfallbacklanguage}" *
- write$ newline$
- }
- if$
- "nolanguage" 'language.state :=
- }
- {
- language.state language =
- 'skip$
- {
- "\btxselectlanguage {" language * "}" *
- write$ newline$
- }
- if$
- language 'language.state :=
- }
- if$
-%</bststd>
-%<bststd&!bstalpha> "\bibitem {" write$
-%<bststd&bstalpha> "\bibitem [{" label * "}]{" * write$
-%<*bststd>
- cite$ write$
- "}" write$
- newline$
- ""
- before.all 'output.state :=
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Output an ISBN or ISSN.
-%
-% Syntax: \meta{string1} \meta{string2} |output.isbn|
-%
-% Prints the ISBN or ISSN given by \meta{string1} and uses the \TeX\
-% macro given by \meta{string2} to determine if the text is printed or
-% not.
-% \meta{string2} normally is \cs{ifbtxprintISSN} or
-% \cs{ifbtxprintISSN}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {output.isbn}
-{
- 'isbn.command :=
- duplicate$
- empty$
- 'pop$
- {
- 's :=
- output.state mid.sentence =
- {
- isbn.command * " {, " * write$
- s "}" *
- }
- { output.state after.block =
- {
- add.period$
- write$
- newline$
- "\newblock " write$
- isbn.command " {" * s * ".}" *
- }
- { output.state before.all =
- {
- write$
- isbn.command " {" * write$
- s "}" *
- }
- {
- output.state before.title =
- {
- "\btxauthorcolon\ " * write$
- isbn.command " {" * write$
- s "}" *
- }
- {
- add.period$ " " * write$
- isbn.command " {" * write$
- s ".}" *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- mid.sentence 'output.state :=
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Completes an entry.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {fin.entry}
-{ add.period$
- write$
- newline$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {new.block}
-{ output.state before.all =
- 'skip$
- { after.block 'output.state := }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {new.sentence}
-{ output.state after.block =
- 'skip$
- { output.state before.all =
- 'skip$
- { after.sentence 'output.state := }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {after.authors}
-{ output.state before.all =
- 'skip$
- { before.title 'output.state := }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
-{ empty$
- 'skip$
- 'new.block
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
-{ empty$
- swap$ empty$
- and
- 'skip$
- 'new.block
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {new.block.checkc}
-{ empty$
- swap$ empty$
- and
- 'skip$
- 'after.authors
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
-{ empty$
- 'skip$
- 'new.sentence
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
-{ empty$
- swap$ empty$
- and
- 'skip$
- 'new.sentence
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {field.or.null}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Remove \texttt{emphasize} and
-% \texttt{smallcaps} from \BibTeX\ styles}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {namefont}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "\btxnamefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{1.12}{2005/06/19}{Add extra formatting of lastnames to
-% \BibTeX\ styles}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {lastnamefont}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "\btxlastnamefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Set font for titles:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {titlefont}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "\btxtitlefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Set font for titles of articles in journals:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {jtitlefont}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "\btxjtitlefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Set font for the journal name:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {journalfont}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "\btxjournalfont {" swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Set font for the publisher name:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {publisherfont}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "\btxpublisherfont {" swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {volumefont}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "\btxvolumefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {etalfont}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "\btxetalfont {" swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.names}
-{ 's :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames 'namesleft :=
- { namesleft #0 > }
- { nameptr #1 >
- {
-%</bststd>
-%<*bststd&!bstshort&!namevarb>
- s nameptr "{ff{\btxfnamespacelong } }{vv~}" format.name$
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont *
- s nameptr "{, jj}" format.name$ *
- 't :=
-%</bststd&!bstshort&!namevarb>
-%<*bststd&bstshort&!namevarb>
- s nameptr
- "{f{.\btxfnamespaceshort }.~}{vv~}" format.name$
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont *
- s nameptr "{,~jj}" format.name$ *
- 't :=
-%</bststd&bstshort&!namevarb>
-%<*bststd&!bstshort&namevarb>
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont
- s nameptr "{,~jj}{, ff{\btxfnamespacelong }}{~vv}" format.name$ *
- 't :=
-%</bststd&!bstshort&namevarb>
-%<*bststd&bstshort&namevarb>
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont
- s nameptr "{,~jj}{,~f{.\btxfnamespaceshort }.}{~vv}" format.name$ *
- 't :=
-%</bststd&bstshort&namevarb>
-%<*bststd&bstthree>
- namesleft #2 >
- { " " "\btxetalshort {.}" etalfont * *
- #1 'namesleft := }
- {
-%</bststd&bstthree>
-%<*bststd>
- namesleft #1 >
- { ", " * t namefont * }
- { numnames #2 >
- { "\btxandcomma {}" * }
- 'skip$
- if$
- s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ "others" =
- { " " "\btxetalshort {.}" etalfont * * }
-%</bststd>
-%<bststd&!bstshort> { " \btxandlong {}\ " * t namefont * }
-%<bststd&bstshort> { " \btxandshort {.}\ " * t namefont * }
-%<*bststd&bstthree>
- if$
- }
-%</bststd&bstthree>
-%<*bststd>
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- {
-%</bststd>
-%<*bststd&!bstshort&!namevara>
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont
- s nameptr "{,~jj}{, ff{\btxfnamespacelong }}{~vv}"
- format.name$ * namefont
-%</bststd&!bstshort&!namevara>
-%<*bststd&bstshort&!namevara>
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont
- s nameptr "{,~jj}{,~f{.\btxfnamespaceshort }.}{~vv}"
- format.name$ * namefont
-%</bststd&bstshort&!namevara>
-%<*bststd&!bstshort&namevara>
- s nameptr "{ff{\btxfnamespacelong } }{vv~}" format.name$
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont *
- s nameptr "{,~jj}" format.name$ * namefont
-%</bststd&!bstshort&namevara>
-%<*bststd&bstshort&namevara>
- s nameptr "{f{.\btxfnamespaceshort }.~}{vv~}" format.name$
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont *
- s nameptr "{,~jj}" format.name$ * namefont
-%</bststd&bstshort&namevara>
-%<*bststd>
- }
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.authors}
-{ author empty$
- { "" }
- { author format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.editors}
-{ editor empty$
- { "" }
- { editor format.names
- editor num.names$ #1 >
-%</bststd>
-%<*bststd&!bstshort>
- { "\ (\btxeditorslong {})" * }
- { "\ (\btxeditorlong {})" * }
-%</bststd&!bstshort>
-%<*bststd&bstshort>
- { "\ (\btxeditorsshort {.})" * }
- { "\ (\btxeditorshort {.})" * }
-%</bststd&bstshort>
-%<*bststd>
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Format the title:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.title}
-{ title empty$
- { "" }
- { title "t" language.change.case titlefont }
- if$
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Format the title of a journal article:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.jtitle}
-{ title empty$
- { "" }
- { title "t" language.change.case jtitlefont }
- if$
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {n.dashify}
-{ 't :=
- ""
- { t empty$ not }
- { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
- { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
- { "--" *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
- { "-" *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- while$
- }
- if$
- }
- { t #1 #1 substring$ *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- if$
- }
- while$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.date}
-{ year empty$
- { month empty$
- { "" }
- { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
- month
- }
- if$
- }
- { month empty$
- 'year
-%</bststd>
-%<*bststd&!bstshort>
- { "\btxprintmonthyear{.}{"
- month * "}{" * year * "}{long}" *
- }
-%</bststd&!bstshort>
-%<*bststd&bstshort>
- { "\btxprintmonthyear{.}{"
- month * "}{" * year * "}{short}" *
- }
-%</bststd&bstshort>
-%<*bststd>
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.btitle}
-{ title titlefont
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
-{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
- { "~" }
- { "\ " }
- if$
- swap$ * *
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {volume.tie.or.space.connect}
-{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
- { "~" }
- { "\ " }
- if$
- swap$ volumefont * *
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {either.or.check}
-{ empty$
- 'pop$
- { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
-{ volume empty$
- { "" }
- { output.state after.block =
-%</bststd>
-%<bststd&!bstshort> { "\Btxvolumelong {}" }
-%<bststd&!bstshort> { "\btxvolumelong {}" }
-%<bststd&bstshort> { "\Btxvolumeshort {.}" }
-%<bststd&bstshort> { "\btxvolumeshort {.}" }
-%<*bststd>
- if$
- volume volume.tie.or.space.connect
- series empty$
- 'skip$
-%</bststd>
-%<bststd&!bstshort> { " \btxofserieslong {}\ " * series titlefont * }
-%<bststd&bstshort> { " \btxofseriesshort {.}\ " * series titlefont * }
-%<*bststd>
- if$
- "volume and number" number either.or.check
- }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.number.series}
-{ volume empty$
- { number empty$
- { series field.or.null }
- { output.state mid.sentence =
-%</bststd>
-%<bststd&!bstshort> { "\btxnumberlong {}" }
-%<bststd&!bstshort> { "\Btxnumberlong {}" }
-%<bststd&bstshort> { "\btxnumbershort {.}" }
-%<bststd&bstshort> { "\Btxnumbershort {.}" }
-%<*bststd>
- if$
- number tie.or.space.connect
- series empty$
- { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
-%</bststd>
-%<bststd&!bstshort> { " \btxinserieslong {}\ " * series titlefont * }
-%<bststd&bstshort> { " \btxinseriesshort {.}\ " * series titlefont * }
-%<*bststd>
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- { "" }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.edition}
-{ edition empty$
- { "" }
- {
-%</bststd>
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Handle the edition first to get the beginning of the sentence.
-% Afterwards, the text before the edition is put to the stack and
-% exchanged with the edition number itself.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*bststd&!bstshort>
- output.state mid.sentence =
- { edition "l" change.case$ }
- { edition "t" change.case$ }
- if$
- "\btxnumerallong {" swap$ *
- "}~\btxeditionlong {}" *
-%</bststd&!bstshort>
-%<*bststd&bstshort>
- output.state mid.sentence =
- { edition "l" change.case$ }
- { edition "t" change.case$ }
- if$
- "\btxnumeralshort {" swap$ *
- "}~\btxeditionshort {.}" *
-%</bststd&bstshort>
-%<*bststd>
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.isbn}
-{ isbn empty$
- { "" }
- { "\mbox{\btxISBN~\btxISBNfont {" isbn * "}}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.issn}
-{ issn empty$
- { "" }
- { "\mbox{\btxISSN~\btxISSNfont {" issn * "}}" * }
- if$
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.url}
-{ url empty$
- { "" }
- {
- urldate empty$
- { "{\latintext \btxurlfont{" url * "}}" * }
- {
- "{\latintext \btxurlfont{" url * "}}\empty " *
- "\btxurldatecomment {\btxkeywordlanguage {\btxurldatefont{" *
- urldate * "}}}" *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Format annotations:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {write.annote}
-{ annote empty$
- 'skip$
- {
- annotelanguage empty$
- { "\btxkeywordlanguage {" }
- { "{\selectlanguage {" annotelanguage * "}" * }
- if$
- "\btxannotation {" * annote * "}}" *
- write$ newline$
- }
- if$
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-INTEGERS { multiresult }
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
-{ 't :=
- #0 'multiresult :=
- { multiresult not
- t empty$ not
- and
- }
- { t #1 #1 substring$
- duplicate$ "-" =
- swap$ duplicate$ "," =
- swap$ "+" =
- or or
- { #1 'multiresult := }
- { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
- if$
- }
- while$
- multiresult
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.pages}
-{ pages empty$
- { "" }
- { pages multi.page.check
-%</bststd>
-%<*bststd&!bstshort>
- { "\btxpageslong {}" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
- { "\btxpagelong {}" pages tie.or.space.connect }
-%</bststd&!bstshort>
-%<*bststd&bstshort>
- { "\btxpagesshort {.}" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
- { "\btxpageshort {.}" pages tie.or.space.connect }
-%</bststd&bstshort>
-%<*bststd>
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
-{ volume field.or.null
- number empty$
- 'skip$
- { "(" number * ")" * *
- volume empty$
- { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
- 'skip$
- if$
- }
- if$
- pages empty$
- 'skip$
- { duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ format.pages }
- { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
-{ chapter empty$
- 'format.pages
- { type empty$
-%</bststd>
-%<bststd&!bstshort> { "\btxchapterlong {}" }
-%<bststd&bstshort> { "\btxchaptershort {.}" }
-%<*bststd>
- { type "l" language.change.case }
- if$
- chapter tie.or.space.connect
- pages empty$
- 'skip$
- { ", " * format.pages * }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
-{ booktitle empty$
- { "" }
- { editor empty$
-%</bststd>
-%<*bststd&!bstshort>
- { "\Btxinlong {}\ " booktitle titlefont * }
- { "\Btxinlong {}\ " format.editors * ": " * booktitle titlefont * }
-%</bststd&!bstshort>
-%<*bststd&bstshort>
- { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " booktitle titlefont * }
- { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " format.editors * ": " * booktitle titlefont * }
-%</bststd&bstshort>
-%<*bststd>
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
-{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
- month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
- and and and and and
- key empty$ not and
- { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
-{ type empty$
- 'skip$
- { pop$
- type "t" language.change.case
- }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
-{
- number empty$
- {
- type empty$
-%</bststd>
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{For \texttt{babalpha.bst}, use
-% \cs{btxtechreplong}}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<bststd&!bstshort> { "\btxtechreplong {}" }
-%<bststd&bstshort> { "\btxtechrepshort {.}" }
-%<*bststd>
- { type "t" language.change.case }
- if$
- }
- {
- type empty$
-%</bststd>
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{For \texttt{babalpha.bst}, use
-% \cs{Btxtechreplong}}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<bststd&!bstshort> { "\Btxtechreplong {}" }
-%<bststd&bstshort> { "\Btxtechrepshort {.}" }
-%<*bststd>
- { type "t" language.change.case }
- if$
- number tie.or.space.connect
- }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
-{ key empty$
-%</bststd>
-%<*bststd&!bstshort>
- { journal empty$
- { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
- warning$
- ""
- }
- { "\Btxinlong {}\ " journal titlefont * }
- if$
- }
- { "\Btxinlong {}\ " key titlefont * }
-%</bststd&!bstshort>
-%<*bststd&bstshort>
- { journal empty$
- { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
- warning$
- ""
- }
- { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " journal titlefont * }
- if$
- }
- { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " key titlefont * }
-%</bststd&bstshort>
-%<*bststd>
- if$
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
-{
-%</bststd>
-%<*bststd&!bstshort>
- editor #1 "{ll}{,~jj}{, ff}{~vv}" format.name$ namefont
-%</bststd&!bstshort>
-%<*bststd&bstshort>
- editor #1 "{ll}{,~jj}{,~f.}{~vv}" format.name$ namefont
-%</bststd&bstshort>
-%<*bststd>
- editor num.names$ duplicate$
- #2 >
- { pop$ " " "\btxetalshort {.}" etalfont * * }
- { #2 <
- 'skip$
- { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
- { " " "\btxetalshort {.}" etalfont * * }
-%</bststd>
-%<*bststd&!bstshort>
- { " \btxandlong {}\ " * editor #2 "{ff}{~vv}{~ll}{, jj}"
-%</bststd&!bstshort>
-%<*bststd&bstshort>
- { " \btxandshort {.}\ " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}"
-%</bststd&bstshort>
-%<*bststd>
- format.name$ namefont * }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
-{ volume empty$
- { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
-%</bststd>
-%<bststd&!bstshort> "\Btxinlong {}\ "
-%<bststd&bstshort> "\Btxinshort {.}\ "
-%<*bststd>
- }
-%</bststd>
-%<*bststd&!bstshort>
- { "\Btxvolumelong {}" volume volume.tie.or.space.connect
- " \btxofserieslong {}\ " *
-%</bststd&!bstshort>
-%<*bststd&bstshort>
- { "\Btxvolumeshort {.}" volume volume.tie.or.space.connect
- " \btxofseriesshort {.}\ " *
-%</bststd&bstshort>
-%<*bststd>
- }
- if$
- editor empty$
- editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
- or
- { key empty$
- { series empty$
- { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
- crossref * warning$
- "" *
- }
- { series titlefont * }
- if$
- }
- { key titlefont * }
- if$
- }
- { format.crossref.editor * }
- if$
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
-{ editor empty$
- editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
- or
- { key empty$
- { booktitle empty$
- { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
- crossref * warning$
- ""
- }
-%</bststd>
-%<bststd&!bstshort> { "\Btxinlong {}\ " booktitle titlefont * }
-%<bststd&bstshort> { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " booktitle titlefont * }
-%<*bststd>
- if$
- }
-%</bststd>
-%<bststd&!bstshort> { "\Btxinlong {}\ " key titlefont * }
-%<bststd&bstshort> { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " key titlefont * }
-%<*bststd>
- if$
- }
-%</bststd>
-%<bststd&!bstshort> { "\Btxinlong {}\ " format.crossref.editor * }
-%<bststd&bstshort> { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " format.crossref.editor * }
-%<*bststd>
- if$
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {article}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- after.authors
- format.jtitle "title" output.check
- new.block
- crossref missing$
- { journal
- title missing$
- { titlefont }
- { journalfont }
- if$
- "journal" output.check
- format.vol.num.pages output
- format.date "year" output.check
- }
- { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
- format.pages output
- }
- if$
- format.issn "\ifbtxprintISSN" output.isbn
- new.block
- format.url output
- note output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {book}
-{ output.bibitem
- author empty$
- { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
- { format.authors output.nonnull
- crossref missing$
- { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
- 'skip$
- if$
- }
- if$
- after.authors
- format.btitle "title" output.check
- crossref missing$
- { format.bvolume output
- new.block
- format.number.series output
- new.sentence
- publisher "publisher" output.check publisherfont
- address output
- }
- { new.block
- format.book.crossref output.nonnull
- }
- if$
- format.edition output
- format.date "year" output.check
- format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
- new.block
- format.url output
- note output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {booklet}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- after.authors
- format.title "title" output.check
- howpublished address new.block.checkb
- howpublished output
- address output
- format.date output
- new.block
- format.url output
- note output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {inbook}
-{ output.bibitem
- author empty$
- { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
- { format.authors output.nonnull
- crossref missing$
- { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
- 'skip$
- if$
- }
- if$
- after.authors
- format.btitle "title" output.check
- crossref missing$
- { format.bvolume output
- format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
- new.block
- format.number.series output
- new.sentence
- publisher "publisher" output.check publisherfont
- address output
- }
- { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
- new.block
- format.book.crossref output.nonnull
- }
- if$
- format.edition output
- format.date "year" output.check
- format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
- new.block
- format.url output
- note output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {incollection}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- after.authors
- format.title "title" output.check
- new.block
- crossref missing$
- { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
- format.bvolume output
- format.number.series output
- format.chapter.pages output
- new.sentence
- publisher "publisher" output.check publisherfont
- address output
- format.edition output
- format.date "year" output.check
- }
- { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
- format.chapter.pages output
- }
- if$
- format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
- new.block
- format.url output
- note output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {inproceedings}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- after.authors
- format.title "title" output.check
- new.block
- crossref missing$
- { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
- format.bvolume output
- format.number.series output
- format.pages output
- address empty$
- { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
- organization output
- publisher publisherfont output
- format.date "year" output.check
- }
- { address output.nonnull
- format.date "year" output.check
- new.sentence
- organization output
- publisher publisherfont output
- }
- if$
- }
- { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
- format.pages output
- }
- if$
- format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
- new.block
- format.url output
- note output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {manual}
-{ output.bibitem
- author empty$
- { organization empty$
- 'skip$
- { organization output.nonnull
- address output
- }
- if$
- }
- { format.authors output.nonnull }
- if$
- after.authors
- format.btitle "title" output.check
- author empty$
- { organization empty$
- { address new.block.checka
- address output
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- }
- { organization address new.block.checkb
- organization output
- address output
- }
- if$
- format.edition output
- format.date output
- format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
- new.block
- format.url output
- note output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- after.authors
- format.title "title" output.check
- new.block
- "\btxmastthesis {}" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
- school "school" output.check
- address output
- format.date "year" output.check
- new.block
- format.url output
- note output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {misc}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- title howpublished new.block.checkc
- format.title output
- howpublished new.block.checka
- howpublished output
- format.date output
- format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
- new.block
- format.issn "\ifbtxprintISSN" output.isbn
- new.block
- format.url output
- note output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
- empty.misc.check
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {phdthesis}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- after.authors
- format.btitle "title" output.check
- new.block
- "\btxphdthesis {}" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
- school "school" output.check
- address output
- format.date "year" output.check
- format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
- new.block
- format.url output
- note output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {proceedings}
-{ output.bibitem
- editor empty$
- { organization output }
- { format.editors output.nonnull }
- if$
- after.authors
- format.btitle "title" output.check
- format.bvolume output
- format.number.series output
- address empty$
- { editor empty$
- { publisher new.sentence.checka }
- { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
- organization output
- }
- if$
- publisher publisherfont output
- format.date "year" output.check
- }
- { address output.nonnull
- format.date "year" output.check
- new.sentence
- editor empty$
- 'skip$
- { organization output }
- if$
- publisher publisherfont output
- }
- if$
- format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
- new.block
- format.url output
- note output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {techreport}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- after.authors
- format.title "title" output.check
- new.block
- format.tr.number output.nonnull
- institution "institution" output.check
- address output
- format.date "year" output.check
- format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
- new.block
- format.url output
- note output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {unpublished}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- after.authors
- format.title "title" output.check
- new.block
- format.url output
- note "note" output.check
- format.date output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
-
-%</bststd>
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Months and journals:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*bststd&!bstshort>
-MACRO {jan} {"1"}
-MACRO {feb} {"2"}
-MACRO {mar} {"3"}
-MACRO {apr} {"4"}
-MACRO {may} {"5"}
-MACRO {jun} {"6"}
-MACRO {jul} {"7"}
-MACRO {aug} {"8"}
-MACRO {sep} {"9"}
-MACRO {oct} {"10"}
-MACRO {nov} {"11"}
-MACRO {dec} {"12"}
-MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
-MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
-MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
-MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
-MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
-MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
-MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
-MACRO {ieeetcad}
- {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
-MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
-MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
-MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
-MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
-MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
-MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
-MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
-MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
-MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
-MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
-MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
-MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
-%</bststd&!bstshort>
-%<*bststd&bstshort>
-MACRO {jan} {"1"}
-MACRO {feb} {"2"}
-MACRO {mar} {"3"}
-MACRO {apr} {"4"}
-MACRO {may} {"5"}
-MACRO {jun} {"6"}
-MACRO {jul} {"7"}
-MACRO {aug} {"8"}
-MACRO {sep} {"9"}
-MACRO {oct} {"10"}
-MACRO {nov} {"11"}
-MACRO {dec} {"12"}
-MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput.\ Surv.{}"}
-MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf.{}"}
-MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
-MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J.~Res.\ Dev.{}"}
-MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J.{}"}
-MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans.\ Softw.\ Eng.{}"}
-MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans.\ Comput.{}"}
-MACRO {ieeetcad}
- {"IEEE Trans.\ Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
-MACRO {ipl} {"Inf.\ Process.\ Lett.{}"}
-MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
-MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput.\ Syst.\ Sci.{}"}
-MACRO {scp} {"Sci.\ Comput.\ Programming"}
-MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J.~Comput.{}"}
-MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans.\ Comput.\ Syst.{}"}
-MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans.\ Database Syst.{}"}
-MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans.\ Gr.{}"}
-MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans.\ Math.\ Softw.{}"}
-MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans.\ Office Inf.\ Syst.{}"}
-MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans.\ Prog.\ Lang.\ Syst.{}"}
-MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput.\ Sci.{}"}
-%</bststd&bstshort>
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Action.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*bststd>
-
-READ
-
-%</bststd>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Sorted bibliographies}
-%
-% This code is only used for sorted bibliographies.
-% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Fix sorting of \BibTeX\ entries without
-% an author}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*bststd&!bstunsorted>
-FUNCTION {sortify}
-{ purify$
- "l" change.case$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-INTEGERS { len }
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {chop.word}
-{ 's :=
- 'len :=
- s #1 len substring$ =
- { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
- 's
- if$
-}
-
-%</bststd&!bstunsorted>
-%<*bststd&bstalpha>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-INTEGERS { et.al.char.used }
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used}
-{ #0 'et.al.char.used :=
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
-{ 's :=
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames #1 >
- { numnames #4 >
- { #3 'namesleft := }
- { numnames 'namesleft := }
- if$
- #1 'nameptr :=
- ""
- { namesleft #0 > }
- { nameptr numnames =
- { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
- { "{\etalchar{+}}" *
- #1 'et.al.char.used :=
- }
- { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
- if$
- }
- { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
- numnames #4 >
- { "{\etalchar{+}}" *
- #1 'et.al.char.used :=
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- }
- { s #1 "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$
- duplicate$ text.length$ #2 <
- { pop$ s #1 "{ll}" format.name$ #3 text.prefix$ }
- 'skip$
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {author.key.label}
-{ author empty$
- { key empty$
- { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
- { key #3 text.prefix$ }
- if$
- }
- { author format.lab.names }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
-{ author empty$
- { editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
- { key #3 text.prefix$ }
- if$
- }
- { editor format.lab.names }
- if$
- }
- { author format.lab.names }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
-{ author empty$
- { key empty$
- { organization empty$
- { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
- { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
- if$
- }
- { key #3 text.prefix$ }
- if$
- }
- { author format.lab.names }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
-{ editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { organization empty$
- { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
- { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
- if$
- }
- { key #3 text.prefix$ }
- if$
- }
- { editor format.lab.names }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {calc.label}
-{ type$ "book" =
- type$ "inbook" =
- or
- 'author.editor.key.label
- { type$ "proceedings" =
- 'editor.key.organization.label
- { type$ "manual" =
- 'author.key.organization.label
- 'author.key.label
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- duplicate$
- year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #2 substring$
- *
- 'label :=
- year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
- *
- sortify 'sort.label :=
-}
-
-%</bststd&bstalpha>
-%<*bststd&!bstunsorted>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
-{ 's :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- ""
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames 'namesleft :=
- { namesleft #0 > }
- { nameptr #1 >
- { " " * }
- 'skip$
- if$
-%</bststd&!bstunsorted>
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{0.41}{2003/11/03}{Corrected \texttt{babunsrt.bst}}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*bststd&!bstshort&!bstunsorted>
- s nameptr "{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{vv{ } }{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
-%</bststd&!bstshort&!bstunsorted>
-%<*bststd&bstshort&!bstunsorted>
- s nameptr "{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{vv{ } }{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
-%</bststd&bstshort&!bstunsorted>
-%<*bststd&!bstunsorted>
- nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
- { "et al" * }
- { t sortify * }
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
-{ 't :=
- "A " #2
- "An " #3
- "The " #4 t chop.word
- chop.word
- chop.word
- sortify
- #1 global.max$ substring$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {author.sort}
-{ author empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { author sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
-{ author empty$
- { editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { editor sort.format.names }
- if$
- }
- { author sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
-{ author empty$
- { organization empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
- if$
- }
- { author sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
-{ editor empty$
- { organization empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
- if$
- }
- { editor sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {presort}
-{
-%</bststd&!bstunsorted>
-%<*bststd&bstalpha>
- calc.label
- sort.label
- " "
- *
-%</bststd&bstalpha>
-%<*bststd&!bstunsorted>
- type$ "book" =
- type$ "inbook" =
- or
- 'author.editor.sort
- { type$ "proceedings" =
- 'editor.organization.sort
- { type$ "manual" =
- 'author.organization.sort
- 'author.sort
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-%</bststd&!bstunsorted>
-%<bststd&bstalpha> *
-%<*bststd&!bstunsorted>
- " "
- *
- year field.or.null sortify
- *
- " "
- *
- title field.or.null
- sort.format.title
- *
- #1 entry.max$ substring$
- 'sort.key$ :=
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-ITERATE {presort}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-SORT
-
-%</bststd&!bstunsorted>
-%<*bststd&!bstalpha>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-STRINGS { longest.label }
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
-{ "" 'longest.label :=
- #1 'number.label :=
- #0 'longest.label.width :=
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
-{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
- number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
- label width$ longest.label.width >
- { label 'longest.label :=
- label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-%</bststd&!bstalpha>
-%<*bststd&bstalpha>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra }
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num }
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
-{ "" 'longest.label :=
- #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label :=
- "" 'next.extra :=
- #0 'longest.label.width :=
- #0 'last.extra.num :=
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {forward.pass}
-{ last.sort.label sort.label =
- { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
- last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
- }
- { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
- "" 'extra.label :=
- sort.label 'last.sort.label :=
- }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
-{ next.extra "b" =
- { "a" 'extra.label := }
- 'skip$
- if$
- label extra.label * 'label :=
- label width$ longest.label.width >
- { label 'longest.label :=
- label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- extra.label 'next.extra :=
-}
-%</bststd&bstalpha>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Generic code}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*bststd>
-
-EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
-
-%</bststd>
-%<bststd&!bstalpha>ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
-%<bststd&bstalpha>ITERATE {forward.pass}
-%<bststd&bstalpha>REVERSE {reverse.pass}
-%<*bststd>
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {begin.bib}
-{
-%</bststd>
-%<*bststd&bstalpha>
- et.al.char.used
- { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ }
- 'skip$
- if$
-%</bststd&bstalpha>
-%<*bststd>
- preamble$ empty$
- 'skip$
- { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
- if$
- "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{name}{}%" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{lastname}{}%" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{title}{\emph}%" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{jtitle}{\btxtitlefont}%" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{etal}{\emph}%" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{journal}{}%" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{volume}{}%" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{ISBN}{\MakeUppercase}%" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{ISSN}{\MakeUppercase}%" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{url}{\url}%" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{numeral}{}%" write$ newline$
- " \expandafter\btxselectlanguage\expandafter {\btxfallbacklanguage}"
- write$ newline$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-EXECUTE {begin.bib}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-ITERATE {call.type$}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {end.bib}
-{ newline$
- "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-EXECUTE {end.bib}
-%</bststd>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{AMS styles}
-%
-% The following \BibTeX\ styles are derived from the AMS \BibTeX-style-files
-% by the American Mathematical Society.
-% For example, see `amsplain.bst' for more documentation about the
-% original.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*bstams>
-ENTRY
- { address
- annote
- annotelanguage
- author
- booktitle
- chapter
- edition
- editor
- howpublished
- institution
- isbn
- issn
- journal
- key
- language
- month
- mrnumber
- note
- number
- organization
- pages
- publisher
- school
- series
- title
- type
- url
- urldate
- volume
- year
- }
- {}
- { label bysame }
-
-
-INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence }
-
-FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
-{ #0 'before.all :=
- #1 'mid.sentence :=
-}
-
-STRINGS { s t language.state change.temp}
-
-FUNCTION {shows}
-{ duplicate$ ":::: `" swap$ * "'" * top$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {showstack}
-{"STACK================================================================"
-top$
-stack$
-"ENDSTACK============================================================="
-top$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {not}
-{ { #0 }
- { #1 }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {and}
-{ 'skip$
- { pop$ #0 }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {or}
-{ { pop$ #1 }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {language.change.case}
-{
- 'change.temp :=
- 't :=
- "\btxifchangecase {"
- t change.temp change.case$ *
- "}{" *
- t *
- "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {field.or.null}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Remove \texttt{emphasize} and
-% \texttt{smallcaps} from \BibTeX\ styles}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {namefont}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "\btxnamefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{1.12}{2005/06/19}{Add extra formatting of lastnames to
-% \BibTeX\ styles}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {lastnamefont}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "\btxlastnamefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {titlefont}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "\btxtitlefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {jtitlefont}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "\btxjtitlefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {journalfont}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "\btxjournalfont {" swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {publisherfont}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "\btxpublisherfont {" swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {volumefont}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "\btxvolumefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {etalfont}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "\btxetalfont {" swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \texttt{n.dashify} is used to make sure page ranges get the \TeX\ code
-% (two hyphens) for en-dashes.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {n.dashify}
-{ 't :=
- ""
- { t empty$ not }
- { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
- { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
- { "--" *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
- { "-" *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- while$
- }
- if$
- }
- { t #1 #1 substring$ *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- if$
- }
- while$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% |tie.or.space.connect| connects two items with a |~| if the
-% second item is less than 3 letters long, otherwise it just puts an
-% ordinary space.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
-{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
- { "~" }
- { "\ " }
- if$
- swap$ * *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {add.space.if.necessary}
-{ duplicate$ "" =
- 'skip$
- { "\ " * }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% |either.or.check| gives a warning if two mutually exclusive fields
-% were used in the database.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {either.or.check}
-{ empty$
- 'pop$
- { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% |output.nonnull| is called by output.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% remove the top item from the stack because it's in the way.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-{ 's :=
- output.state mid.sentence =
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If we're in mid-sentence, add a comma to the new top item and write it
-% \begin{macrocode}
- { ", " * write$ }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Otherwise, if we're at the beginning of a bibitem,
-% \begin{macrocode}
- { output.state before.all =
-% \end{macrocode}
-% just write out the top item from the stack;
-% \begin{macrocode}
- 'write$
-% \end{macrocode}
-% and the last alternative is that we're at the end of the current
-% bibitem, so we add a period to the top stack item and write it out.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- { add.period$ " " * write$ }
- if$
- mid.sentence 'output.state :=
- }
- if$
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Put the top item back on the stack that we removed earlier.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- s
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Output checks to see if the stack top is empty; if not, it
-% calls output.nonnull to write it out.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {output}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- 'pop$
- 'output.nonnull
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Standard warning message for a missing or empty field. For the user
-% we call any such field `missing' without respect to the distinction
-% made by Bib\TeX\ between missing and empty.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {missing.warning}
-{ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% |output.check| is like output except that it gives a warning on-screen
-% if the given field in the database entry is empty. t is the field
-% name.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {output.check}
-{ 't :=
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ t missing.warning }
- 'output.nonnull
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
-{ newline$
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{Switch to a fall-back language when
-% \texttt{language} field is missing}%
-% If no language is given, fall back to the language that has been
-% active at \cs{begin\{document\}}.
-% For \BibTeX, this language gets the name \texttt{nolanguage}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- language empty$
- { "empty language in " cite$ * warning$
- language.state "nolanguage" =
- 'skip$
- {
- "\expandafter\btxselectlanguage\expandafter {"
- "\btxfallbacklanguage}" * write$
- newline$
- }
- if$
- "nolanguage" 'language.state :=
- }
- { language.state language =
- 'skip$
- { "\btxselectlanguage {" language * "}" * write$
- newline$
- }
- if$
- language 'language.state :=
- }
- if$
- "\bibitem {" cite$ * "}" * write$
- newline$
-% \end{macrocode}
-% This empty string is the first thing that will be written
-% the next time \verb|write$| is called. Done this way because each
-% item is saved on the stack until we find out what punctuation
-% should be added after it. Therefore we need an empty first item.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- ""
- before.all 'output.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.nonempty.mrnumber}
-{ duplicate$ missing$
- { pop$ "" }
- 'skip$
- if$
- duplicate$ empty$
- 'pop$
- { " \MR{" swap$ * "}" * write$ }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {fin.entry}
-{ add.period$
- write$
- mrnumber output.nonempty.mrnumber
- newline$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Removed |new.block|, |new.block.checka|, |new.block.checkb|,
-% |new.sentence|, |new.sentence.checka|, and |new.sentence.checkb|
-% functions here, since they don't seem to be needed in the AMS style.
-% Also moved some real basic functions like `and' and 'or' earlier in
-% the file.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The extra section to write out a language field was added
-% for babamspl.bst. Not present in babplain.bst.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.language}
-{ language empty$
- { "" }
- { "\btxprintamslanguage{\btxlanguagename {" language * "}}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% This version of format.names puts names in the format
-% ``First von Last, Jr.''
-% (i.\,e., first name first, no abbreviating to initials).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.names}
-{ 's :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames 'namesleft :=
- { namesleft #0 > }
- {
- s nameptr "{ff{\btxfnamespacelong }~}{vv~}" format.name$
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont *
- s nameptr "{, jj}" format.name$ * 't :=
- nameptr #1 >
- { namesleft #1 >
- { ", " * t namefont * }
- { numnames #2 >
- { "\btxandcomma {}" * }
- 'skip$
- if$
- s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ "others" =
- { " " * "\btxetalshort {.}" etalfont * }
- { " \btxandlong {} " * t namefont * }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- {
- s nameptr "{ff{\btxfnamespacelong }~}{vv~}" format.name$
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont *
- s nameptr "{, jj}" format.name$ * namefont
- }
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.authors}
-{ author empty$
- { "" }
- { bysame "\bysame" =
- {"\bysame"}
- { author format.names }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.editors}
-{ editor empty$
- { "" }
- { editor format.names
- editor num.names$ #1 >
- { "\ (\btxeditorsshort {.})" * }
- { "\ (\btxeditorshort {.})" * }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.nonauthor.editors}
-{ editor empty$
- { "" }
- { editor format.names
- editor num.names$ #1 >
- { ", \btxeditorsshort {.}" * }
- { ", \btxeditorshort {.}" * }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.title}
-{ title empty$
- { "" }
- { title "t" language.change.case titlefont }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.jtitle}
-{ title empty$
- { "" }
- { title "t" language.change.case jtitlefont }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.journal.vol.year}
-{ journal empty$
- { "journal name" missing.warning ""}
- { journal journalfont }
- if$
- volume empty$
- 'skip$
- { " " * volume volumefont * }
- if$
- year empty$
- { "year" missing.warning }
- { " (" * year * ")" * }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% For formatting the issue number for a journal article.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.number}
-{ number empty$
- { "" }
- { "\btxnumbershort {.}~" number * }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% For formatting miscellaneous dates
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.date}
-{ year empty$
- { month empty$
- { "" }
- { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
- month
- }
- if$
- }
- { month empty$
- 'year
- { "\btxprintmonthyear{.}{"
- month * "}{" * year * "}{long}" *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The volume, series and number information is sort of tricky.
-% This code handles it as follows:
-% If the series is present, and the volume, but not the number,
-% then we do "\emph{Book title}, Series Name, vol. 000"
-% If the series is present, and the number, but not the volume,
-% then we do "\emph{Book title}, Series Name, no. 000"
-% If the series is present, and both number and volume,
-% then we do "\emph{Book title}, vol. XX, Series Name, no. 000"
-% Finally, if the series is absent,
-% then we do "\emph{Book title}, vol. XX"
-% or "\emph{Book title}, no. 000"
-% and if both volume and number are present, give a warning message.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.bookvolume.series.number}
-{ volume empty$
- { "" % Push the empty string as a placeholder in case everything else
- % is empty too.
- series empty$
- 'skip$
- { pop$ series } % if series is not empty put in stack
- if$
- number empty$
- 'skip$
- { duplicate$ empty$ % if no preceding material,
- 'skip$ % do nothing, otherwise
- { ", " * } % add a comma and space to separate.
- if$
- "\btxnumbershort {.}" number tie.or.space.connect * % add the number information
- }
- if$
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If the volume is NOT EMPTY:
-% \begin{macrocode}
- { "\btxvolumeshort {.}" volume tie.or.space.connect % vol. XX
- number empty$
- { series empty$
- 'skip$
- { series ", " * swap$ *} % Series Name, vol. XX
- if$
- }
- { series empty$
- { "can't use both volume and number if series info is missing"
- warning$
- "in BibTeX entry type `" type$ * "'" * top$
- }
- { ", " * series * ", \btxnumbershort {.}" * number tie.or.space.connect }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-
-} % end of format.bookvolume.series.number
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% |format.inproc.title.where.editors| is used by inproceedings entry types
-% No case changing or emphasizing for the title. We want initial
-% caps, roman.
-% We add parentheses around the address (place where conference
-% was held).
-% Likewise we add parentheses around the editors' names.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.inproc.title.address.editors}
-{ booktitle empty$
- { "" }
- { booktitle
- address empty$
- 'skip$
- { add.space.if.necessary "(" * address * ")" * }
- if$
- editor empty$
- 'skip$
- { add.space.if.necessary "(" * format.nonauthor.editors * ")" * }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% |format.incoll.title.editors| is similar to |format.inproc...| but
-% omits the address. For collections that are not proceedings volumes.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.incoll.title.editors}
-{ booktitle empty$
- { "" }
- { editor empty$
- { booktitle }
- { booktitle
- add.space.if.necessary "(" * format.nonauthor.editors * ")" *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.edition}
-{ edition empty$
- { "" }
- {
- output.state mid.sentence =
- { edition "l" change.case$ }
- { edition "t" change.case$ }
- if$
- "\btxnumeralshort {" swap$ *
- "}~\btxeditionshort {.}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.isbn}
-{ isbn empty$
- { "" }
- { "\mbox{\btxISBN~\btxISBNfont {" isbn * "}}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.issn}
-{ issn empty$
- { "" }
- { "\mbox{\btxISSN~\btxISSNfont {" issn * "}}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.url}
-{ url empty$
- { "" }
- {
- urldate empty$
- { "{\latintext \btxurlfont{" url * "}}" * }
- {
- "{\latintext \btxurlfont{" url * "}}\empty " *
- "\btxurldatecomment {\btxkeywordlanguage {\btxurldatefont{" *
- urldate * "}}}" *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Format annotations:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {write.annote}
-{ annote empty$
- 'skip$
- {
- annotelanguage empty$
- { "\btxkeywordlanguage {" }
- { "{\selectlanguage {" annotelanguage * "}" * }
- if$
- "\btxannotation {" * annote * "}}" *
- write$ newline$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { multiresult }
-
-FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
-{ 't :=
- #0 'multiresult :=
- { multiresult not
- t empty$ not
- and
- }
- { t #1 #1 substring$
- duplicate$ "-" =
- swap$ duplicate$ "," =
- swap$ "+" =
- or or
- { #1 'multiresult := }
- { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
- if$
- }
- while$
- multiresult
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.pages}
-{ pages empty$
- { "" }
- { pages n.dashify }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.book.pages}
-{ pages empty$
- { "" }
- { pages multi.page.check
- { "\btxpagesshort {.}~" pages n.dashify * }
- { "\btxpageshort {.}~" pages * }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
-{ chapter empty$
- 'format.book.pages
- { type empty$
- { "\btxchaptershort {.}~" }
- { type "l" language.change.case " " * }
- if$
- chapter *
- pages empty$
- 'skip$
- { ", " * format.book.pages * }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
-{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
- month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
- and and and and and
- key empty$ not and
- { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
-{ type empty$
- 'skip$
- { pop$
- type "t" language.change.case
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
-{ type empty$
- { "\Btxtechrepshort {.}" }
- 'type
- if$
- number empty$
- { "t" language.change.case }
- { number tie.or.space.connect }
- if$
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The |format.crossref| functions haven't been paid much attention
-% at the present time (June 1990) and could probably use some
-% work. MJD
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
-{ key empty$
- { journal empty$
- { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
- warning$
- ""
- }
- { "\btxinshort {} " journal journalfont * }
- if$
- }
- { "\btxinshort {} " key * }
- if$
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
-{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
- editor num.names$ duplicate$
- #2 >
- { pop$ " \btxetalshort {.}" * }
- { #2 <
- 'skip$
- { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
- { " \btxetalshort {.}" * }
- { " \btxandlong {} " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
-{ volume empty$
- { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
- "\btxinserieslong {} "
- }
- { "\btxvolumeshort {.}" volume tie.or.space.connect
- " \btxofserieslong {} " *
- }
- if$
- editor empty$
- editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
- or
- { key empty$
- { series empty$
- { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
- crossref * warning$
- "" *
- }
- { series * }
- if$
- }
- { key * }
- if$
- }
- { format.crossref.editor * }
- if$
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
-{ editor empty$
- editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
- or
- { key empty$
- { booktitle empty$
- { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
- crossref * warning$
- ""
- }
- { "\btxinlong {} " * booktitle titlefont * }
- if$
- }
- { "\btxinlong {} " key * }
- if$
- }
- { "\btxinlong {} " format.crossref.editor * }
- if$
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The main functions for each entry type.
-%
-% journal, vol and year are formatted together because they are
-% not separated by commas.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-FUNCTION {article}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- format.jtitle "title" output.check
- crossref missing$
- { format.journal.vol.year output
- format.number output
- format.pages "pages" output.check
- }
- { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
- format.pages "pages" output.check
- }
- if$
- format.issn output
- format.url output
- format.language *
- note output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-FUNCTION {book}
-{ output.bibitem
- author empty$
- { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
- { format.authors output.nonnull
- crossref missing$
- { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
- 'skip$
- if$
- }
- if$
- format.title "title" output.check
- format.edition output
- crossref missing$
- { format.bookvolume.series.number output
- publisher "publisher" output.check publisherfont
- address output
- }
- { format.book.crossref output.nonnull
- }
- if$
- format.date "year" output.check
- format.isbn output
- format.url output
- format.language *
- note output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-FUNCTION {booklet}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- format.title "title" output.check
- howpublished output
- address output
- format.date output
- format.url output
- note output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-FUNCTION {inbook}
-{ output.bibitem
- author empty$
- { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
- { format.authors output.nonnull
- crossref missing$
- { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
- 'skip$
- if$
- }
- if$
- format.title "title" output.check
- format.edition output
- crossref missing$
- { format.bookvolume.series.number output
- format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
- publisher "publisher" output.check publisherfont
- address output
- }
- { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
- format.book.crossref output.nonnull
- }
- if$
- format.date "year" output.check
- format.isbn output
- format.url output
- format.language *
- note output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-FUNCTION {incollection}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- format.title "title" output.check
- crossref missing$
- { format.incoll.title.editors "booktitle" output.check
- format.bookvolume.series.number output
- publisher "publisher" output.check publisherfont
- address output
- format.edition output
- format.date "year" output.check
- }
- { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
- }
- if$
- note output
- format.book.pages output
- format.isbn output
- format.url output
- format.language *
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-FUNCTION {inproceedings}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- format.title "title" output.check
- crossref missing$
- { format.inproc.title.address.editors "booktitle" output.check
- format.bookvolume.series.number output
- organization output
- publisher publisherfont output
- format.date "year" output.check
- }
- { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
- }
- if$
- note output
- format.book.pages output
- format.isbn output
- format.url output
- format.language *
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
-
-FUNCTION {manual}
-{ output.bibitem
- author empty$
- { organization empty$
- 'skip$
- { organization output.nonnull
- address output
- }
- if$
- }
- { format.authors output.nonnull }
- if$
- format.title "title" output.check
- author empty$
- { organization empty$
- { address output }
- 'skip$
- if$
- }
- { organization output
- address output
- }
- if$
- format.edition output
- format.date output
- format.isbn output
- format.url output
- note output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- format.title "title" output.check
- "\btxmastthesis {}" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
- school "school" output.check
- address output
- format.date "year" output.check
- format.url output
- note output
- format.book.pages output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-FUNCTION {misc}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- format.title output
- howpublished output
- format.date output
- format.isbn output
- format.issn output
- format.url output
- note output
- format.book.pages output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
- empty.misc.check
-}
-
-FUNCTION {phdthesis}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- format.title "title" output.check
- "\btxphdthesis {}" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
- school "school" output.check
- address output
- format.date "year" output.check
- format.isbn output
- format.url output
- note output
- format.book.pages output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-FUNCTION {proceedings}
-{ output.bibitem
- editor empty$
- { organization output }
- { format.editors output.nonnull }
- if$
- format.title "title" output.check
- format.bookvolume.series.number output
- address empty$
- { editor empty$
- 'skip$
- { organization output }
- if$
- publisher publisherfont output
- format.date "year" output.check
- }
- { address output.nonnull
- editor empty$
- 'skip$
- { organization output }
- if$
- publisher publisherfont output
- format.date "year" output.check
- }
- if$
- format.isbn output
- format.url output
- note output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-FUNCTION {techreport}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- format.title "title" output.check
- format.tr.number output.nonnull
- institution "institution" output.check
- address output
- format.date "year" output.check
- format.isbn output
- format.url output
- note output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-FUNCTION {unpublished}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- format.title "title" output.check
- format.url output
- note "note" output.check
- format.date output
- fin.entry
- write.annote
-}
-
-FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
-
-MACRO {jan} {"1"}
-MACRO {feb} {"2"}
-MACRO {mar} {"3"}
-MACRO {apr} {"4"}
-MACRO {may} {"5"}
-MACRO {jun} {"6"}
-MACRO {jul} {"7"}
-MACRO {aug} {"8"}
-MACRO {sep} {"9"}
-MACRO {oct} {"10"}
-MACRO {nov} {"11"}
-MACRO {dec} {"12"}
-
-READ
-
-FUNCTION {sortify}
-{ purify$
- "l" language.change.case
-}
-
-INTEGERS { len }
-
-FUNCTION {chop.word}
-{ 's :=
- 'len :=
- s #1 len substring$ =
- { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
- 's
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
-{ 's :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- ""
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames 'namesleft :=
- { namesleft #0 > }
- { nameptr #1 >
- { " " * }
- 'skip$
- if$
- s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
- nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
- { "et al" * }
- { t sortify * }
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
-{ 't :=
- "A " #2
- "An " #3
- "The " #4 t chop.word
- chop.word
- chop.word
- sortify
- #1 global.max$ substring$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.sort}
-{ author empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { author sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
-{ author empty$
- { editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { editor sort.format.names }
- if$
- }
- { author sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
-{ author empty$
- { organization empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
- if$
- }
- { author sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
-{ editor empty$
- { organization empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
- if$
- }
- { editor sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {presort}
-{ type$ "book" =
- type$ "inbook" =
- or
- 'author.editor.sort
- { type$ "proceedings" =
- 'editor.organization.sort
- { type$ "manual" =
- 'author.organization.sort
- 'author.sort
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- " "
- *
- year field.or.null sortify
- *
- " "
- *
- title field.or.null
- sort.format.title
- *
- #1 entry.max$ substring$
- 'sort.key$ :=
-}
-
-ITERATE {presort}
-
-SORT
-
-STRINGS { longest.label prev.author this.author }
-
-INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
-
-FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
-{ "" 'longest.label :=
- #1 'number.label :=
- #0 'longest.label.width :=
- "abcxyz" 'prev.author :=
- "" 'this.author :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
-{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
- number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
- label width$ longest.label.width >
- { label 'longest.label :=
- label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- author empty$
- { editor empty$
- { "" }
- 'editor
- if$
- }
- 'author
- if$
- 'this.author :=
- this.author prev.author =
- { "\bysame" 'bysame := }
- { "" 'bysame :=
- this.author "" =
- { "abcxyz" }
- 'this.author
- if$
- 'prev.author :=
- }
- if$
-}
-
-EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
-
-ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
-
-FUNCTION {write.lines}
-{ { duplicate$ "." = NOT }
- { write$ newline$ }
- while$
- pop$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {begin.bib}
-{ preamble$ empty$
- 'skip$
- { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
- if$
- "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
- " \providecommand{\bysame}{\leavevmode\hbox to3em{\hrulefill}\thinspace}"
- write$ newline$
- " \providecommand{\MR}{\relax\ifhmode\unskip\space\fi MR }"
- write$ newline$
- " % \MRhref is called by the amsart/book/proc definition of \MR."
- write$ newline$
- " \providecommand{\MRhref}[2]{%" write$ newline$
- " \href{http://www.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=#1}{#2}"
- write$ newline$
- " }" write$ newline$
- " \providecommand{\href}[2]{#2}" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{name}{}%" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{lastname}{}%" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{title}{\emph}%" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{jtitle}{\btxtitlefont}%" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{etal}{}%" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{journal}{}%" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{volume}{\textbf}%" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{ISBN}{\MakeUppercase}%" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{ISSN}{\MakeUppercase}%" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{url}{\url}%" write$ newline$
- " \providebibliographyfont{numeral}{}%" write$ newline$
- " \providecommand\btxprintamslanguage[1]{\ (#1)}" write$ newline$
- " \expandafter\btxselectlanguage\expandafter {\btxfallbacklanguage}"
- write$ newline$
-}
-
-EXECUTE {begin.bib}
-
-EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
-
-ITERATE {call.type$}
-
-FUNCTION {end.bib}
-{ newline$
- "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
-}
-
-EXECUTE {end.bib}
-%</bstams>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \Finale
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/babelbib.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/babelbib.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index 64e05fa14f2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/babelbib.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-\def\batchfile{babelbib.ins}
-\input docstrip.tex
-\preamble
-
- babelbib package
-
- Copyright 2003--2009 Harald Harders
-
- This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
- of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
- archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
- version 1 of the License, or any later version.
-
- h.harders@tu-bs.de
-
-\endpreamble
-
-\askforoverwritefalse
-
-% Files
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\generate{%
- \file{babelbib.sty}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,package}}%
- \file{afrikaans.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,afrikaans}}%
- \file{bahasa.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,bahasa}}%
- \file{catalan.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,catalan}}%
- \file{danish.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,danish}}%
- \file{dutch.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,dutch}}%
- \file{english.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,english}}%
- \file{esperanto.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,esperanto}}%
- \file{finnish.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,finnish}}%
- \file{french.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,french}}%
- \file{galician.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,galician}}%
- \file{german.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,german}}%
- \file{greek.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,greek}}%
- \file{italian.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,italian}}%
- \file{norsk.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,norsk}}%
- \file{portuguese.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,portuguese}}%
- \file{russian.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,russian}}%
- \file{spanish.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,spanish}}%
- \file{swedish.bdf}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{latex,swedish}}%
- \usepostamble\empty
- \file{babplain.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd}}%
- \file{babplain-fl.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,namevara}}%
- \file{babplain-lf.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,namevarb}}%
- \file{babplai3.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstthree}}%
- \file{babplai3-fl.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstthree,namevara}}%
- \file{babplai3-lf.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstthree,namevarb}}%
- \file{bababbrv.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstshort}}%
- \file{bababbrv-fl.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstshort,namevara}}%
- \file{bababbrv-lf.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstshort,namevarb}}%
- \file{bababbr3.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstshort,bstthree}}%
- \file{bababbr3-fl.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstshort,bstthree,namevara}}%
- \file{bababbr3-lf.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstshort,bstthree,namevarb}}%
- \file{babunsrt.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstunsorted}}%
- \file{babunsrt-fl.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstunsorted,namevara}}%
- \file{babunsrt-lf.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstunsorted,namevarb}}%
- \file{babalpha.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstsorted,bstalpha}}%
- \file{babalpha-fl.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstsorted,bstalpha,namevara}}%
- \file{babalpha-lf.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bststd,bstsorted,bstalpha,namevarb}}%
- \file{babamspl.bst}{\from{babelbib.dtx}{bst,bstams}}%
-}
-
-\Msg{* Ready}
-\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/babelbib.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/babelbib.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index bf6bd4c92cf..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/babelbib.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<!DOCTYPE entry SYSTEM "../catalogue.dtd">
-<entry id="babelbib"
- datestamp="2009/06/23"
- modifier="h.harders@tu-bs.de">
- <about>
- <name>babelbib</name>
- <caption>Multilingual bibliographies.</caption>
- <author>
- <name>Harald Harders</name>
- <email>h.harders@tu-bs.de</email>
- </author>
- <license type="lppl"/>
- <version>
- <number>1.28</number>
- </version>
- </about>
- <description>
- <abstract>
- This package enables to generate multilingual bibliographies in
- cooperation with babel. Two approaches are possible: Each citation
- may be written in another language, or the whole bibliography can
- be typeset in a language chosen by the user.
- In addition, the package supports commands to change the typography
- of the bibliographies.
- </abstract>
- </description>
- <distribution>
- <texlive>latex3</texlive>
- <ctan>biblio/bibtex/contrib/babelbib</ctan>
- </distribution>
-</entry>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/getversion.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/getversion.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 1420a53f992..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/getversion.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-\documentclass[english]{ltxdoc}
-\nofiles
-\usepackage{babel}
-\usepackage{babelbib}
-\GetFileInfo{babelbib.sty}
-\typeout{VERSION \fileversion}
-\begin{document}
-\end{document}